Home

2004 Nissan Pathfinder Owners Manual

1. This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval be tween programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location Ep PROG Program Push the PROG button to change the tape side while the tape is being played The cassette tape will automatically change di rections to play the other side when the first side is completed Ot Dolby NR Noise Reduction Push the Dolby NR J button for Dolby NR encoded tapes to reduce high frequency tape noise The indicator will come on Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor poration Dolby NR and the double D symbol py are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Li censing Corporation Metal or chrome tape usage The cassette player will be automatically set to high performance play when playing a metal or chrome cassette tape TAPE EJECT When this button is pushed with the tape loaded the tape will be ejected When the tape is ejected while it is being played the system will be turned off Compact Disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 Af
2. Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 Displacement cu in cm 213 45 3 498 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed rpm Ignition timing BTDC degree rpm See the Emission control label on the underside of the hood CO percentage at idle speed No air Spark plug PL FR5A 11 Standard PL FR4A 11 Service option PL FR6A 11 Service option Spark plug gap in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Alternator belt size Width x Length in mm 0 8409 x 46 26 21 36 x 1 175 1 Periodic maintenance is necessary See Periodic maintenance in the Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance intervals Technical and consumer information 9 9 1 Cylinder number The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regula tions 9 10 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Grade Road wheel amp offset in mm Tire size amp pressure cold Spare tire size amp pressure cold XE 16x7JJ Aluminum 1 97 50 P245 70R16 106S 30 psi 210 kPa P245 70R16 106S 30 psi 210 kPa P215 80R16 103M 2 30 psi 210 kPa SE 16x7JJ Aluminum WIDE 0 79 20 1 P255 65R16 106S 1 30 psi 210 kPa P255 65R16 106S 1 30 psi 210 kPa P215 80R16 103M 2 30 psi 210 kPa LE 17x8JJ Aluminum WIDE 0 79 20 1 Option for XE 2 If so equipped for US P245 65R17 105S 30 psi 210 kP
3. 8 14 a 8 16 8 16 Automatic transmission fluid ATF Brake and clutch fluid Brake fluid Capacities and recommended fuel JUDTICANES eeseeestees tess tesssesseteseessteseesseeessessesneesseeeens Engine coolant Engine oil Power steering fluid Window washer fluid 8 17 FM AM radio with cassette player and Compact Dise CD player irinenn 4 16 FM AM SATELLITE radio with cassette player and Compact Disc CD player CD CHANGE M a ccticsisscsscesatctetcssnsctendaceustoterdstecsntsatnnstevarceizeasits 4 23 Fog iQght SWIECH sccssscatsiacccsestscesstzoascssescessigensscesaccostesas 2 25 Four wheel drive 4WD 4WD shift switch OpPETA ON Sinisisi a 5 28 Four wheel drive 4WD All mode 4WD 5 25 Four wheel drive 4WD Part time 4WD 5 21 Front manual seat adjustment Front fog light switch Front power seat adjUStMent cescesseseeseeresseenee 1 4 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants filler cap 3 13 filler lid 3 13 Fuel economy 5 20 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Gauge 8 24 Pusible MKS sacicctsiesidcseccssecsntsaceostsaenceasttace accotetacecatnsss 8 24 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal TLAMSCEIVED oc essessssesseesseessessstesessstessesseeessesseesseenseeeneense 2 44 Engine coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge Odometer Speedomete Tachometer General maintenance Glass ha
4. Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when key is turned to the ON 3 position 5 10 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the selector lever to P Park position or N Neutral position P preferred The selector lever cannot be moved out of P and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to LOCK or if the key is removed from the switch The starter is designed not to operate if the selector lever is in one of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the gearshift lever to N Neutral posi tion and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while starting the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is floode
5. or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure 8 Manufacturer or Brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 TYPES OF TIRES CAUTION e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e summer all season or snow and construction Your NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself year around including snowy and icy road con ditions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance in snow and ice will be substantially reduced Summer t
6. Heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Exterior fronteen i aa eielnndied Exterior reaf sesers Instrument panel Meters and gauges Engine compartment check locations EXTERIOR FRONT 1 Hood Page 3 9 2 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 22 Bulb replacement P 8 29 3 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 19 Wiper replacement P 8 21 Interior light P 2 42 Sunroof if so equipped Power windows P 2 39 Towing hook P 6 12 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 25 oono A Tires Wheel and tires P 8 31 P 9 11 Flat tire P 6 2 10 Mirrors P 3 16 11 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 3 Keyfob P 3 5 SS10010 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR REAR 4 5 SSI0011 Fuel filler lid P 3 13 2 Fuel filler cap Side marker Stop Tail Turn signal light Bulb replacement P 8 29 High mounted stop light P 8 29 5 Rear window defroster switch P 2 21 6 Rear window wiper and washer switch P 2 20 Back door opener handle P 3 10 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL 15 16 1718 19 20 21 222324 25 26 SIC1936 1 Security indicator light P 2 17 4 Driver s supplemental air bag P 1 16 2
7. The disc brake pads on your vehicle have au dible wear indicators When a brake pad re quires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system The rear drum brakes if so equipped do not have audible wear indicators Should you ever hear an unusually loud noise from the rear drum brakes have them inspected as soon as pos sible by your NISSAN dealer Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the separate Service and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function with the fol lowing steps 1 With the engine off press and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keeping the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds the pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine fo
8. This system can help cushion the impact force to the face and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact colli sions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating posi tions in certain side impact collisions The cur tain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel door finishers and side roof rails See Seat belts later in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 1 10 Seats restraints and supplemental
9. VDC OFF SIC1881 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control System VDC on for most driving conditions When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to re duce wheel spin The engine RPM will be re duced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To cancel the Vehicle Dynamic Control System VDC push the VDC OFF switch to turn off the system The voe indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle Instruments and controls 2 27 dynamic control system VDC in the 5 Start ing and driving section 2 28 Instruments and controls CLOCK POWER OUTLET if so equipped SE muito remove PULL to open L lI H button M button SPA1159 The digital clock displays time when the ignition key is in ACC or ON If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME Push the H button to adjust the hour Push the M button to adjust the minute PULL to open PULL Card A to open MENA PO B The power outlet is for powering electrical ac cessories such as cellular telephones AA CAUTION e Use caution as the outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e This power outlet is no
10. WEIGHT M T A T able from your NISSAN dealer US only Make MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT 1 3 500 1 588 5 000 2 268 sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 159 500 227 vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT 8 000 3 628 9 500 4 308 rough road surfaces or passing trucks RATING RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT 2 Sway Control Device SCD A CAUTION 1 All towing above 1 000 Ib 454 kg requires the use of trailer brakes NISSAN recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3 000 Ib 1 361 kg e Do not use axle mounted hitches 2 A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Sway control devices e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust are not offered by NISSAN See a professional trailer hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control system brake system etc to install a device for your trailer trailer hitch e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the pas senger compartment e Regularly check all hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted e To reduce the possibility of addi tional damage if your vehicle is 9 20 Technical and consumer information struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use e Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle bra
11. cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish e f the surface does not polish easily use a road tar remover and wax again Machine compounding or aggressive pol ishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks Only apply black wax or black shoe polish to the black urethane or polypropylene bumper REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at your NISSAN dealer or any automotive acces sories store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to be coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the win dow do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based dis infectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defogger ele ments
12. later in this section e After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector lever button before shifting the selector lever to the R N D 2 or 1 position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This automatic transmission is designed so that the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of P and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to LOCK or if the key is removed from the switch 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion AY WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P or N to R D 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to P or R while the vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P or D while vehicle is moving rearward These could cause an accident e On slippery roads do not downshift This may cause a loss of control Starting and driving 5 11 CAUTION When stopping the vehi
13. Consult the Owners Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 2 48 Instruments and controls MEMO Instruments and controls 2 49 MEMO 2 50 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments KOYSA 3 2 DOOM S sisiicetsntittstset ties 3 2 Locking with key 3 3 Front window open close with key we 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob wo 3 3 Locking with power door lock switch if so ga ipHed s onan aS Child safety rear door lock Remote keyless entry system wwe et How to use remote keyless entry system 3 5 Battery replacement e st 3 8 FOO AAEREN EE 3 9 Bak OOO rennen a a 3 10 Key operation Spare tire carrier if so equipped ss
14. Far S at sks ena ance eS 1 30 Seat belt extenders 0 0 ieee 1 31 Seat belt maintenance ees 1 32 Child FeStralnts iscissssecsicsssscstcsasecassssasiassosnsssaserscansnastsasssinnaaace 1 32 Precautions on child restraints 1 32 Installation on rear seat center position 1 34 Installation on rear seat outboard positions 1 36 LATCH Lower Anchor and Tether for Children system if SO equipped etesesscsseesesesesneesneseenneees 1 41 Top tether strap child restraint 1 42 Installation on front passenger Seat 1 44 SEATS FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT AY WARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle e After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Sit upright and well back SS0133 A WARNING i Ws ee See Automatic seat positioner in the 3 Pre eee cle to motion the seat driving checks and adjustments for automatic should be upright Always sit well seat positioner operation back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section for precautions on seat belt usage e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be t
15. Genuine Nissan Service Manuals A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at autho rized NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genu ine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models GET THE INSIDE STORY In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 639 8841 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see an authorized NISSAN dealer or contact DDS Distribution Services Ltd 20770 Westwood Dr Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for the 2002 model year and prior see an authorized NISSAN dealer or contact DDS Distribution Services Ltd 20770 Westwood Dr Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual please con tact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN Dealer in your area call the NISSAN Satisfaction Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual
16. Headlight dimmer turn signal switch P 2 22 5 Meters gauges P 2 3 Front fog light switch if so equipped 6 Cruise control main set switch if so P 2 25 equipped P 5 18 3 Steering switch for audio control if so 7 Windshield and rear window wiper washer equipped P 4 28 0 4 Illustrated table of contents switch P 2 19 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 9 Air conditioner P 4 2 10 Glass hatch outside mirror defogger switch Type A P 2 21 11 Clock P 2 27 12 Center ventilator P 4 2 13 Passenger air bag P 1 10 14 Side ventilator P 4 2 15 Instrument brightness control P 2 23 16 VDC OFF switch if so equipped P 2 27 17Automatic drive positioner system cancel switch if so equipped P 3 19 18 Fuse box cover P 8 24 Pocket 19 Outside mirror remote control P 3 16 20 Tilting steering wheel adjust lever P 3 15 21 Ignition switch steering lock P 5 7 22 Glass hatch outside mirror defogger switch Type B if so equipped P 2 21 23 Audio system P 4 13 24 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 25 Coin box if so equipped P 2 30 25 Ashtray P 2 29 26 Cigarette lighter P 2 29 or Power outlet P 2 28 27 Glove box P 2 33 METERS AND GAUGES SIC2018 1 Speedometer P 2 3 5 Odometer trip odometer P 2 3 2 Warning indicator lights P 2 9 6 Reset knob for trip odometer P 2 3 3 Tachometer P 2 4 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 4 4 Fuel
17. However an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational AA WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door fin isher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system componenis will be
18. NISSAN representative will assist you Also available are Genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies rou tinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Technical and consumer information 9 27 Insist on the use of Genuine Nissan Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting speci fications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine Nissan Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non Nissan parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine Nissan Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine Nissan Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear
19. Rear facing AA WARNING e The three point belt on your vehicle is equipped with a locking mode re tractor which must be used when installing a child restraint e Failure to do so will result in the child restraint not being properly secured It could tip over or otherwise be un secured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the restraint manufactur er s instructions x Y Rear facing INSERT to fasten 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 39 Rear facing Rear facing PULL to tighten SSS0259 Rear facing Check for a secure fit SSS0260 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 40 Seats res
20. Spare tire carrier Spark plugs Speedometer Starting Before starting the engine ssssessssssssssssseess 5 10 Jump starting Precautions when starting and driving Push starting Starting the engine Steering Power steering fluid escessseessesseeseesseeseessneenes 8 15 Power Steering SYStOM sseeesecseesesseeseeeseeeees 5 33 Steering wheel switch for audio controls 4 28 Tilting steering wheel Storage Sun shade Sun visors Sunglasses holder SUNOG iiidid Electric sunroof 1 21 Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light 1 21 2 13 Supplemental restraint system 1 10 Precautions on supplemental restraint SY STO Mi E AT 1 10 Switch AWD shift switch operations 5 28 Audio control steering wheel switch 4 28 Fog light switch 2 25 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Headlight switch Ignition switch Ignition switch automatic transmission TROIS scacasasstatcnseibaxecstanstsacecaraaustinacaselaionsn 5 7 5 11 Ignition switch manual transmission models Overdrive switch Power door lock switch Turn signal switch a Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 27 Tachometer Temperature display Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature GAUGE srassnasrassesnsssannspusaiarsatbasdtesnniesisharstesnareasiasvnasasteiausnts 2 4 Theft Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine 2 18 Three way ca
21. all seat belts fastened it may indi cate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system compo nents should be done by an autho rized NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by your NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was mi nor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use dur ing a collision should also be in spected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted e All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the re straint manufacturer s inspection in structions and replacement recom mendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are dam aged CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ib 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow re
22. dealer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS VQ35DE engine Automatic transmission fluid dipstick A T model Brake fluid reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Engine oil dipstick Fie SBEN Netas Engine oil filler cap Clutch fluid reservoir M T model a N I wt SSA Banany Radiator cap Air cleaner Windshield washer fluid reservoir Coolant reservoir SDI1482 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round anti freeze cool ant solution The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary CAUTION When adding or replacing the coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant or an equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineral ized water distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage your engine cooling system Deminer alized water or distilled water Outside tempera ture down to Anti freeze C F 35 30 50 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself AA WARNING e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Wait until the engine and radiator cool down See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency sec tion e Th
23. governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AA WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely AA CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully SICO697 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen gt If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 5S 9 Z WJ Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action gt t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention
24. replaced e Improper service for a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is neces sary to repair the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire contact your NISSAN dealer e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See Specifications in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information section for tires and wheels AA WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same offset dimen sion Wheels of a different offset could cause early tire wear possibly degraded vehicle handling character istics and or interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear e When a spare tire is mounted or a w
25. reset the assist bar to its original position then slowly close the hood and make sure it locks into place AA WARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident e If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 BACK DOOR PULL to open ae SPA1501 AA WARNING Do not drive with the back door open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas KEY OPERATION 1 Turn the key counterclockwise to unlock the back door 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Turning the back door key one time coun terclockwise will unlock the rear door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only the re moved and inserted and turning it coun terclockwise again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors 2 Pull the opener handle to open the back door 3 To lock the back door push it down firmly and turn the key clockwise The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the back door simultaneously e Turning the front door key to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors e Turning the front door key one time to the rear of
26. s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the mo tor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the program button NOTE Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for convenience to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing and releasing the garage door opener program button firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step one unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press
27. the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD indicator light goes out High temperature transfer case oil makes the warning light blink rapidly about twice per sec ond If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle in a safe place imme diately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast CAUTION e If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation or rap idly after stopping the vehicle for a while have your vehicle checked by an authorized NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warn ing light turns on e When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in AUTO or 4H Be especially careful when driv ing If corresponding parts are mal functioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is shifted Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driv ing on dry hard surface roads in 4H or 4L may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consump tion If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads e in
28. use a ladder or stool WINDOWS Main switch Lock button PUSH Driver side DOWN PULL UP toopen to close L Rear left A k passenger side Wh Ss X A C door lock switch pa A Aes Front passenger side a Rear right passenger side SIC1891 POWER WINDOWS WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before clos ing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents The power window operates when the ignition key is in the ON position To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the win dows The power windows are operational for about 45 seconds even after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled Front passenger side PULL UP to close PUSH DOWN to open SIC1892 The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window hold the switch down or up Locking passenger s windows When the l
29. 21 ReplACiN Girsin 8 21 Parking brake and brake pedall cccsscsseeeseseee 8 22 Checking parking brake 8 22 Checking brake pedal Tire PPOSSUPE esiccaicsctascaiscsnssecsacsazeaicascasesneassonccastissanighanaces Tire labeli Oiseiu Types of tires i Tife Gha Svirnais Changing wheels and tires sssssersrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrererrereene 8 37 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your Service and Mainte nance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your re
30. ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the power knob is turned to ON If a compact disc or tape is playing when the FM AM band select button is turned to ON the compact disc or tape will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception VIN TUNE Tuning A WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Use these buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold either of the TUNE buttons down for more than 0 5 seconds ws gt SEEK SCAN tuning Push the SEEK SCAN tuning button gt or for less than 1 5 seconds SEEK tuning begins from high to low or low to high frequen cies and stops at the next broadcasting station Push the SEEK SCAN tuning button gt or Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 ZA for more than 1 5 seconds SCAN tuning begins from high to low or low to high frequen cies and stops at each broadcasting station for 10 seconds Pushing the button again during this 10 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SEEK SCAN tuning button is not pushed
31. ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheel if not removed CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contains chemicals that stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION e Never use gasoline thinner or any similar material e The leather seats should be regularly coated with a leather wax like saddle soap Never use car wax e Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer e Donot use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover Appearance and care 7 3 Floor mat La bracket SAIO009 FLOOR MATS The use of Genuine Nissan floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pe
32. Air HOW GRAS inin innsussnenusnnnnusnnnnasnns 4 5 Heater and air conditioner Automatic Type A if so equipped 4 8 Automatic operation we 4 8 Manual Operation sscsccccccesscssssssacceescccctsesssstacceneascenssdcoestinss 4 9 Heater and air conditioner Automatic Type B if SO CQUIP POM eessesecssteeesseseessteeesnecesstteessneeesnseeessneeeesnes 4 10 Automatic op ratioN essriiiisiisiiiiisiis 4 11 Manual operation Operating PSinrninssianne n Servicing air conditioner Audio system wesc FM radio reception AM radio reception zi Satellite radio reception eee 4 14 Audio operation precautionS seesssriiiirereeennnnn 4 14 FM AM radio with cassette player and compact disc CD lay Ons cssecssesicsdanstsasshecdasstesssseccatceeateseesiasseeaas taS 4 16 FM AM SATELLITE radio with cassette player and compact disc CD player CD changer 4 23 CD care and Cleaning ou esses 4 28 Steering wheel switch for audio control if SO eg Pped sssini 4 28 Antenna Car phone or CB radio snisscssssssaisnisiiiei 4 31 VENTILATORS Side Center Side OPEN ME CLOSE SAA0444 Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators X ill 4 2 This symbol indicates that the vents are closed when the vent switch is moved to the left This symbol indicates that the vents are open when the vent switch is moved to the r
33. Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil tempera ture and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 50 MPH 80 km h in 4H are not recom mended e The 4LO position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising ve hicle speed excessively as the maxi mum speed is approximately 30 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or revers ing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch between 2WD AUTO and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD AUTO and 4H with the rear wheels spinning Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear We recommend driving in the 2WD or AUTO position under these conditions Vehicles equipped with a limited slip differential LSD have improved driv Starting and driving 5 27 ing performance on rough roads They have increased traction perfor mance so when making a turn on paved roads vibration and tire squealing may occur e The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4LO at low ambient temperatures and the trans fer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change
34. GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS FRONT TOTAL TOTAL REAR ARRI RE X COMPACT SPARE TIRE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE m pnts a of ee oe ROUE COMPACTE DESECOURSA _ PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS and cargo should never excee or XX Ibs eee wens pT XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI Le poids combin dioccupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT NANT eg kPa XX PSI SEATING CAPACITY P XXX XX R XX NOMBRE DE PLACES e roc KPa xx PSI _ XXX kPa XX PSI SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs poids combin d ocoupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs Type B ORIGINAL TIRE SZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE p yp TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL XXX kPa XX PSI ica POUR D AUTRES D Poxnar XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI bien COMPACT SPARE TIRE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE ONDUEN ROUE COMPACTE DE SECOURS PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS XXX kPa XX PSI SDI1574 Tire and loading information label Vehicle load limit See loading information in the Technical and consumer information sec Q Seating capacity The maximum number of tion occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Original tire si
35. NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key for ex ample when interference is caused by another Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key an au tomated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN recommends placing the registered Nissan Ve hicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Starting and driving 5 9 BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil coolant brake and clutch fluid window washer fluid as frequently as possible at least whenever you refuel Check to be sure that all windows and light lenses are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper infla tion
36. Overheat If your vehicle overheats wo 6 11 Owner s Manual Service Manual order M OAO MG acae ataa 9 27 Parking Brake Check ccsicisscacsicacscsesacessisetaccegatactcasessansiienad Parking brake check Parking brake operation Parking on hills Parking parking on hills Personal lights Phone Car phone or CB radio Power Front seat adjustment Power door lock Power oultlet Power steering fluid Power steering system Power windows Pre tensioner seat belt System ssssssssseesessssssess 1 20 Precautions Audio operation Braking precautions Child restraints Cruise control Cruise control operations Driving safety Maintenance On pavement and offroad driving Seat belt usage Supplemental restraint system When starting and driving Push Start sscccescecsccdseiscevsstecsicessueterescetsuesce ubseransetzees R Rack Luggage tack sccscccscissiecsticssccssisainsssenedsiniesteses 2 38 Radio Car phone or CB radio 4 31 FM AM radio with cassette player and Compact Disc CD player os 4 16 Steering wheel audio Controls wee 4 28 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US only 9 25 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 4 Rear floor luggage compartment Rear power point Rear seat adjustment Rear window wiper and washer switch Recorders Event data cecesssessseseeseseseseeseeseees Registering your vehicle in another
37. air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be care ful working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES PUSH to remove Lock pin REMOVE the wiper blade CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer of if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your wind shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the lock pin then remove the wiper blade 3 Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper arm until a click sounds Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is
38. an authorized NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warm ing it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM if so equipped The low tire pressure warning system monitors tire pressure of all wheels except the spare tire Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside air temperature Low outside air tem perature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low outside air temperatures as described above check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light off The low tire pressure warning system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for Starting and driving 5 3 example a flat tire while driving Frequently check the tire pressure and adjust pressure of each tire properly LOW TIRE PRESSURE warning If the vehicle is being driven with a low tire pressure
39. are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact our NISSAN s Consumer Affairs Department us ing our toll free number For U S mainland customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Hawaii customers 808 836 0888 Oahu Number For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number on dash panel Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S mainland and Alaska customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena California 90248 0191 For Hawaii customers Nissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii 2880 Kilihau St Honolulu Hawaii 96819 For Canada customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments
40. blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other D High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beams are selected SERVICE ENGIN Malfunction indicator lamp MIL If the Malfunction indicator lamp comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function zi The Malfunction indicator lamp may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ENGINE lamp should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists Operation The Malfunction indicator lamp will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator lamp on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The e lamp should turn off after a few driving trips If the Sane lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an authorized NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator lamp blinking An eng
41. clearance is re duced To avoid damage to the ve hicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation ssssesre 1errrrssreerrrersrsssse Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Recommended SAE oil viscosity number Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant TECOMMENCALIONS csssescsesssesesesssssesssssseesscscecsescscacerscsees 9 7 Specifications 9 9 Engine am 9 9 Wheels and tires ccceee 9 11 Dimensions and WEIGHS 9 11 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another Co olo Lali Aeae EEEE PE E 9 12 Vehicle identification ccescesesesssssssesesesssssssssssessssseeees 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 12 Vehicle identification number Chassis UMTS My saunen 9 12 Engine Serial MUMDeh sissccscsssssccsccsscsssestssssassssscstsanssnsesecs 9 13 F M V S S certification label ccccsesesesesesceeseeeeees 9 13 Emission control information label Tire and Loading Information label Air conditioner specification label css Vehicle loading information 9 14 TOMS a enaa aaa E i 9 14 Vehicle load capacity ssssriririirrisiserieererrrsririeie 9 15 Securing the l amasis nanai 9 16 Loading pSr 9 17 Vehicle load capacity 9 17 Me
42. control control FACE Ol LEFT Air flow control dial Fan control HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Automatic Type A if so equipped Type A Temperature Rear window defogger switch Refer to the section 2 Instruments and controls control dial Front DEF button AUTO ECON OFF AUTO button OFF button E E E E PE Manual air flow control button ECON button Air recirculation button Manual fan control button SAA0598B Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner AA WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On 4 8 Heater air conditioner and audio systems hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or pos sibly fatal injuries to people or ani mals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Positioning of the heater and air con ditioner controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distrib
43. cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system by opening the drain valves located under the radiator and on the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle See Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for Changing Engine Coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Please consult your NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some Provinces and States prohibit their use so before installing studded tires check local state and provincial laws Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer
44. country Remote keyless entry system Reporting safety defects US only Rollover 5 5 S Safety Child S at Belts wczicccscaicsaniatstsccatcccasarssancecctctaataces 1 25 Reporting safety defects US only 9 24 Towing safety Seat Belt warning light Belt warning light and chime Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment Rear seat adjustment s ssssssrssssssressrsrrerssen 1 6 Seat belt s Child Safety aa cncesecstcscsssncesssczesssecsstesheecoateebassetseerss Infants and small children Injured persons Larger children Pre tensioner seat belt system Precautions on seat belt usage Pregnant women Seat belt cleaning Seat belt extenders Seat belt hook Seat belt maintenance Seat belts Shoulder belt height adjustment Three point type with retractor Two point type without retractor rear center lap b li a N A 1 30 Seat s Driver Side Memory eesseesseeeseesseeeseenseesseenseenes 3 17 Heated seats Seats Security system Vehicle security system Security systems Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start ssssssssssseccessssseseessnees 2 18 Security systems See vehicle security system Servicing air conditioner Shift lock release Shift lock release CVT Shifting Automatic transmission Manual transmission Shoulder belt height adjustment For front
45. driving above 35 MPH 56 km h If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan con trol to high and setting the temperature con trol to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 805 km Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Main tenance Schedule in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance fluid When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make 9 22 Technical and consumer information a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce ve hicle speed This combination will help stabi lize the vehicle Never increase speed Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal passing Remember the length of the trailer must also pas
46. foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage e Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage e Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse e When the vehicle is stopped for a period of time for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied PARKING BRAKE PUSH to release D gt PULL to apply PD1001M To apply pull the lever up To release 1 Firmly apply foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the gearshift lever in the N Neutral position Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion 3 While pulling up on the lever slightly push the button and lower completely Starting and driving 5 17 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out AA WARNING e Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully en gaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the park ing brake and cause an accident 5 18 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped AA WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driv in
47. grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system lubricants 1 For hot areas viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 2 Contact your NISSAN dealer for a list of approved oils 3 Available in mainland U S through your NISSAN dealer 4 See Vehicle identification later in this section for air conditioner specification label NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base HFC 134a R 134a 4 Nissan A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent 4 5 For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON III MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 6 Dexron III Mercon or equivalent may also be used Outside the continental U S and Alaska contact an authorized NISSAN dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids including recommended brand s of DEXRON III MERCON Automatic Transmission Fluid Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION VQ35DE engine Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc tane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol devices and systems and could also affect
48. habits and road surface conditions Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged wind shield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mats away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P position without applying any brakes Brake pedal and booster Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when d
49. hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of this side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to pre vent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tem Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Tampering with the supplemental system may result in serious per sonal injury For example do not change the front seat by placing ma terial near the seatback or by install ing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tem should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring har nesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses are cov ered with yellow insulation either just before the harness connectors or over the complete harness for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curta
50. improve fuel economy and conserve energy Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Only those engine oils with the American Petro leum Institute API CERTIFICATION MARK on 9 6 Technical and consumer information the front of the container should be used This type of oil supersedes the existing API SG SH or SJ and Energy Conserving amp Il categories If you cannot find engine oil with the API CER TIFICATION MARK use an API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ Energy Conserving oil An oil with a single designation SG or SH or in combination with other catego ries for example SG CC or SG CD may also be used if one with the API CERTIFICATION MARK cannot be found An ILSAC grade GF I amp GF II oil can also be used NISSAN does not recommend synthetic type oils but recommends mineral based oils These oils must however meet the API quality and SAE viscosity ratings specified for your vehicle Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temp
51. is a fail safe mode Turn the main switch OFF and turn it ON again without pushing the set switch to return to normal operation e f the cruise control system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The SET indicator in the meter assembly will then blink to warn the driver e When the SET indicator blinks turn the cruise control switch Main switch OFF and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer 5 20 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum en gine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine per formance e Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm e Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear e Avoid quick starts e Avoid hard braking as much as possible e Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY e Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position e Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy e Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles e Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as po
52. is not neces sary you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure be low In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper ates Switching procedure Press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the keyfob simultaneously for at least 2 seconds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons Switching indicator LOCK UNLOCK for more than 2 seconds to switch Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR HAZARD 3times HAZARD twice No operation Hazard indicator _ HAZARD INDICATOR HAZARD once HAZARD twice only AND HORN HAZARD once HORN once HORN once SPA1260 Locking doors 1 Remove the ignition key 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the LOCK button on the keyfob 4 All the doors will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK button on the keyfob is pushed even though a door remains open and or the ignition key is in the ON position 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 3 6 Pre
53. lower than 25 psi 171 kPa the low tire pressure warning light comes on and the chime sounds for about 10 seconds For additional information regarding the above warning see Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section AY WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates and the chime sounds for about 10 seconds while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all 5 4 Starting and driving four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the low tire pres sure warning system will not func tion Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors AA CAUTION Do not place metalized fil
54. may not find this informa tion on all tires because it is not required by law DOT XX XX XXX XXXX X XXX XXX XXXX t t tt 3 4 5 6 SDI1607 TIN Tire Identification Number for new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identification mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Four digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates that the tire requires an inner tube tube type
55. mode directs outside air from the side and center vents 1 Push the air recirculation button to the off position 2 Turn the air control dial to the position 3 Turn on the fan control dial 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position 4 4 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Defrosting or defogging This mode is used to defrost defog the windows 1 Push the air recirculation button to the off position 2 Turn the air control dial to the lt j position 3 Turn on the fan control dial 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position e To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows push the air recirculation button to the on position the fan control dial to 4 and the temperature control dial to the full hot posi tion As soon as possible after the window is clear push the air recirculation button to the off position Bi level heating This mode directs outside air from the side and center vents and hot air from the floor outlets 1 Push the air recirculation button to the off position 2 Turn the air control dial to the position 3 Turn on the fan control dial 4 Normally turn the temperature control dial to the midpoint between hot and cold Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the windscreen 1 Push the air recirculation button to the off position 2 Turn the air control
56. modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Bal ance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the NR Dolby mode to OFF or ON push the TUNE xy or A button while cassette tape is playing When Dolby is ON the display indicates the DT mark After 10 seconds the radio or cassette tape display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level push the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or cassette tape dis play appears Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor poration Dolby NR and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Li censing Corporation Metal or chrome tape usage The cassette player will be automatically set to high performance play when playing a metal or chrome cassette tape FM AM SAT radio operation RADIO FM AM SAT mode select Pushing the RADIO mode select button will change the mode as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt SAT1 gt SAT2 AM Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 Satellite radio reception capability is not func tional and NO SAT will be displayed while scrolling through audio modes unless optional satellite receiver and antenna were installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active For information on satellite radio contact your NISSAN dealer When RADIO mode select but
57. of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink sur door or gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate that you are programming face e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the Instruments and controls 2 45 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed 4 Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapidly flashing blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device press and hold the pro 2 46 Instruments and controls grammed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another person for convenience 6 Press and release the smart or learn program button located on the garage door opener
58. of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later in this section AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AA WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AA WARNING Never drive under the influence of alco ho
59. oil pressure warning light 4WD warning light Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Low washer fluid warning light Canada only Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Tire carrier open warning light if so SX 2A 38 D equipped CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped SET Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped T AWD indicator light AWD shift indicator light ea D High beam indicator light SERVICE ENGINE i indi AGIN Malfunction indicator lamp MIL O D_ Overdrive off indicator light Automatic transmission models only SLIP Slip indicator light if so equipped 4LO Transfer 4LO position indicator light ao Turn signal hazard indicator lights VDC OFF Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped CHECKING BULBS Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to ON without starting the engine The following lights will come on OF ere olime AWD SERVICE Ey The following lights come on briefly and then go off Sy aB or O eg Gel ALO se e 1 If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the elec trical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS
60. only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the off position or in the paz position Turn the head light switch to the gC position for full illumina tion when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off AA WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could 2 24 Instruments and controls cause an accident injuring yourself and others Type A Turn signal Lane change signal switch Type B Turn signal Lane change signal switch SIC1940 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal to the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped TURN ON J IC1292 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH PUSH ON OFF SIC1447 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on tur
61. opened Make sure the wiper blade contacts the glass otherwise the arm may be dam aged from wind pressure Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Windshield washer nozzle ETN TT VE _ Needle or small pin SDI1136 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle This may cause clogging or im proper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL 6 to 8 clicks under pulling force of 44 Ib 196 N CHECKING PARKING BRAKE Pull the parking brake lever up If the number of clicks is out of the range as listed above see your NISSAN dealer A Under depressing force of 110 Ib 490 N Boasa CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL With the engine running check distance A between the upper surface of the pedal and the dash lower panel Distance A M T models 2 1 2 in 65 mm or more A T models 2 3 4 in 70 mm or more If it is out of the range shown above see your NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AA WARNING See your NISSAN dealer and have it checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators
62. outlet air Air recirculation button Off position Outside air is drawn into the passenger com partment Use the off position for normal heater or air conditioner operation On position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Push the air recirculation button to the on posi tion when driving on a dusty road or to avoid traffic fumes Air conditioner button This button is provided only for vehicles with air conditioner Start the engine move the fan control dial to the desired 1 to 4 position and push the air conditioner button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light will come on when the air conditioner button is on To stop the air condi tioner push the switch again to return it to the original position The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct hot air from the floor outlets 1 Push the air recirculation button to the off position for normal heating 2 Turn the air control dial to the position 3 Turn on the fan control dial 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position e For quick heating move the air recirculation button to the on position Be sure to return the air recirculation button to the off position for normal heating Ventilation This
63. position 1 34 Installation on rear seat outboard positions Precautions on child restraints Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 43 With top tether Strap 1 42 Child safety Child safety rear door lock Chimes Audible reminders n Seat belt warning light and chime 2 13 Cigarette lighter and ashtray Circuit breaker Fusible link Cleaning exterior and interior Clutch fluid Coin box Cold weather driving Compact Disc CD changer operation Compact Disc CD player See audio Syste innia a e 4 19 Compact spare tire Compass display Console box Controls Heater and air conditioner controls Steering wheel audio controls Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel WDC ANS oiiire tadas secs citer antes 9 2 Changing engine coolant Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Corrosion protection 7 4 Cover Tonneau cover 2 37 Cruise control 5 18 Cup holders 2 32 CVT Transmission selector lever lock PENG ASE sfictatscssestctanarsicccastteecathesaetassesntcastostetasceatesaccestotan 5 14 D Daytime running light system 2 24 Dimensions and weights 9 11 Door open warning light o 24d 10 2 Drive Delt isciccssssesictstcossessaicatesgecadseascoastzenstsnpececedgttaceiss 8 19 Drive positioner AUtOMAtiC cece 3 17 Driving All mode four wheel drive 4WD Cold weather driving Driving with automatic trans
64. refrigerator heaters etc may also generate car bon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involv ing damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system In the converter exhaust gases are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AA WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people ani mals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system compo nents e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle in spected promptly by
65. rust and cor rosion 9 28 Technical and consumer information Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states and provinces have enacted laws that restrict insurance com panies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com MEMO Technical and consumer information 9 29 MEMO 9 30 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock brake system Air bag warning labels Air bag warning light Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Air conditioner Air conditioner Operation 4 2 Air conditioner service 2 4 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 14 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant FECOMMENAALIONS seessessseseeseeseeseeseess 4 12 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls Servicing air conditioner Air flow charts Alcohol drugs and driving Anchor point locations Top tether strap ANTON Anun nenn Anti lock Brake System ABS Anti lock brake warning light Appearance care Exterior appearance care Interior appearance care PIMOS saicascsssersssccsesstcststsanscstdtensetatseccddesssnrnnesneettacans sents Ashtray See cigarette lighter and as
66. soon as pos sible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as pos sible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the low tire pres sure warning system will not func tion Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting AA CAUTION The low tire pressure warning is not a substitute for the regular tire pres sure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 20 MPH 32 km h the low tire pressure warning system may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly Low washer fluid warning light Canada only This light comes on when the washer fluid in the washer tank is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section A Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light
67. systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemen tal side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side 1 18 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag opera tion When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries
68. table below provides suggested speed ranges for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual shift ranges should be ad justed for specific road conditions weather con ditions and individual driving habits e Two wheel drive models and four wheel drive models 2H and 4H position MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 e Four wheel drive model 4L position MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 12 20 3rd to 4th 20 32 4th to 5th 22 36 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not overrev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Allowable maximum speed in each gear Two wheel drive models and four wheel drive models 2H position MPH km h 1st 22 36 2nd 37 60 3rd 56 90 4th amp 5th Four wheel drive models MPH km h 4H position 1st 22 36 2nd 37 60 3rd 50 80 4th amp 5th 50 80 AL position 1st 9 15 2nd 19 30 3rd 28 45 4th amp 5th 31 50 AA CAUTION e Do not rest your
69. that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations 1 26 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems PT INSERT to fasten THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AA WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident ae UP slack POSITION low on the hips a SSS0020 SSS0102 POSITION low on the hips s SSS0061 you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal inju ries e For most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it snaps The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retr
70. the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag system supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems if so 2 14 Instruments and controls equipped and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate in an accident Tire carrier open warning light rA n i if so equipped This light comes on when the tire carrier is not closed securely while the ignition key is ON INDICATOR LIGHTS CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the main switch is turned on SET Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not func tioning properly Have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer iE 4WD indicator light EIE model This light comes on when the transfer shift control lever is in the 4H or 4L position AWD shift indicator light Ez model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON While the engine is running the 4WD shift indicator light will illuminate the position se lected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may
71. the specified capacity may also result in a malfunction of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or when ever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself with high speed capability tires Driv ing faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire malfunction loss of control and possible injury e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Low tire pressure warning system if so equipped The low tire pressure warning system monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare tire by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel For more details refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Low tire pressure warn ing system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section The low tire pressure warn ing system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h Po TIRE AND LOADING NFORMATION A forana TIRE SIZE E TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT 4 TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE _ PRESSION DE
72. the vehicle will unlock the corresponding door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors SPARE TIRE CARRIER if so equipped When opening the back door first open the spare tire carrier in the sequence shown in the illustration above Then insert the stopper into the hole to secure the carrier in the open posi tion AA CAUTION e Be certain that there is adequate area to allow the carrier to open fully e Open and close the spare tire carrier slowly SPA0386 GLASS HATCH SPA1242 e Before driving be certain that the spare tire carrier is firmly closed and latched e Failure to do so may injure pedestri ans or damage the vehicle OPENER OPERATION if so equipped AA WARNING Do not drive with the glass hatch open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas AA CAUTION Do not open the glass hatch unless the wiper is in the stowed position The glass hatch release handle is located under the driver s arm rest To open the glass hatch from the inside pull the glass hatch opener handle The glass hatch will not open while the rear window wiper is operating Open the glass hatch after the rear window wiper returns to th
73. the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN 9 4 Technical and consumer information supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggest that you use reformulated gasoline when avail able Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence Nissan does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your Nissan cannot be readily deter mined If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol me thyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of ap propriate cosolvents and corrosion in hibitors If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents a
74. to the ON position or by locking the doors with the keyfob Opening the front window Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob The driver s door will unlock Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3 seconds The driver s and front passenger s windows will be lowered Continue to press the UNLOCK button until windows are fully open Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 To stop lowering the windows release the UN LOCK button To start lowering the windows press the UN LOCK button again for 3 more seconds This function will operate after the ignition switch is off and 45 seconds passed or either the front door is opened Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 30 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 30 seconds or e The LOCK or the UNLOCK button is pressed or e The panic button is pushed on the keyfob for more than 0 5 seconds 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments 2 OPEN Suitable tool D i M REMOVE Reg the battery __ side up S SPA1374 BATTERY REPLACEMENT Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery Sanyo CR2025 or equivalent Make sure tha
75. turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON for satellite radio to receive all of the neces sary data Satellite radio reception capability is not func tional and NO SAT will be displayed while scrolling through audio modes unless optional satellite receiver and antenna were installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active For information on satellite radio contact a NISSAN dealer Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof rack blocks the satellite radio signal 4 14 Heater air conditioner and audio systems If possible do not put cargo over the satellite radio antenna AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Cassette player e To maintain good quality sound NISSAN recommends using cassette tapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length e Cassette tapes should be removed from the player when not in use Store cas settes in their protective cases and away from direct sunlight heat dust moisture and magnetic sources e Direct sunlight can cause the cassette to become deformed The use of deformed cassettes may cause the cassette to
76. vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies e Move the transfer case shift lever to the 2H position e Turn the ignition key to the OFF e If you have to tow manual transmis sion models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies or four wheels on the ground e Move the transfer case shift lever to the 2H position e Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position e Always release the parking brake Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances manual transmission models only e Speed Below 60 MPH 95 km h e Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km position and secure the steering F f 3 E If the speed or distance must necessarily be wheel in a straight ahead position greater remove the front and rear propeller with a rope or similar device Never shafts before towing to prevent damage to the secure the steering wheel by turn transmission ing the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism In case of emergency 6 15 Four wheel drive models All mode DO NOT USE for towing Tie down only SCE0328 SCE0408 RH only All mode four wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when t
77. when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB 3 Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves Make sure the ATP light is off before stop ping the engine 4 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING The power assisted steering is designed to use a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns or at low speeds AA WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be much harder to operate Starting and driving 5 33 BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brake The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop th
78. when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The lt i indicates that the fuel filler lid is lo cated on the driver s side of the vehicle AA CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the ane malfunction indicator lamp MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the Sick lamp should turn off If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an authorized NISSAN dealer e For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL later in this section Instruments and controls 2 5 COMPASS AND OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY if so equipped MOog Pieces ON OFF as if SICO610 This unit is a display unit with the following functions e Function to measure terrestrial magnetism and indicate heading direction of vehicle e Function to indicate outside air temperature e Function to indicate caution for frozen road surfaces 2 6 Instruments and controls OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY Push the switch when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position The outside temperature will be displayed in F e Selecting the indication range Push the switch to change from F to C e If the outside temperature drops below the freezing point the display indicates ICE e When the outside temperature is be tween 130 F 55 C and 158 F 70 C the display shows 130 F 55 C e When the outside temperature is lower than
79. will return to the previous position e When the key is inserted into the ignition switch e When the driver s door is closed with the key turned to LOCK e When the key is turned from ACC to ON while the automatic transmission selector le ver is in the P Park position SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions e when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e when any two or more of the memory switches are simultaneously pushed while the automatic drive positioner is operating e when the adjusting switch for the driver s seat is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating e when the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second e when the seat has been already moved to the memorized position e when no seat position is stored in the memory switch af e CANCEL SPA1165 CANCEL SWITCH When the CANCEL side of the switch is pushed the automatic drive positioner system will not function When the AUTO side of the switch is pushed the system will function Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 MEMO 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Ventilators irinetan ee aai k 4 2 Heater and air conditioner Manual wae 4 2 CONYO Sirs we 4 3 Heater operation we 4 4 Air conditioner operation cs cscs 4 4
80. within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Select EE 4 18 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Indicator will come on Keep pushing SAA0475 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 Six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 2 Select the desired station and keep pushing any of the desired station memory buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard For example in the diagram ch2 is to be memo rized The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 3 The indicator ch2 will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now com plete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be cancelled In that case reset the desired stations Cassette tape player operation Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then lightly insert the cassette tape into the tape door The cassette tape will be automatically pulled into the player The radio or CD will turn off if it is on and the cassette tape will begin to play AA CAUTION Do not force the cassette tape into the tape door This could cause player dam age If the system is turned off by pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob with the cassette tape still in the player the tape will resume playing wh
81. your vehicle checked by an autho rized NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Starting and driving 5 25 AWD Shift Switch Wheels Driven Rear wheels or 4 wheels 5 26 Starting and driving Transfer AWD shift alo position 4 May blink Illuminated Use Conditions For driving on paved or slippery roads For driving on dry paved roads Economy drive or state dynamometer I M testing For driving on rocky sandy or snow covered roads Neutral disengages the automatic transmission mechanical parking lock which will allow the vehicle to roll Do not leave the transfer shift position in Neutral For use when maximum power and traction is required for example on steep grades or rocky sandy muddy roads AWD Shift Procedure Move the 4WD shift switch 2WD AUTO 43 4H AWD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO MOVE THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SELECT LEVER TO THE N POSITION IN THIS OPERATION PERFORM THIS OPERATION WHEN DRIVING STRAIGHT 1 Stop the vehicle 2 Move the automatic transmission selector lever to the N position 3 Push the 4WD shift switch and move it to 4LO or 4H YOU CANNOT MOVE THE TRANSFER 4WD SHIFT SWITCH BETWEEN 4H AND 4LO OR 4LO TO 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE VEHICLE AND MOVED THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL 2 SSD0181 1 e The transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink Stop
82. 0 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as four keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact your NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when e the battery is discharged e the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch CAUTION The following conditions or occurrences will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an ex tended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that keyfob This will prevent the keyfob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact an authorized NISSAN dealer HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Setting hazard indicator and horn mode The factory setting of the remote keyless entry system is set in hazard indicator and horn mode In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button is pushed the hazard indi cator flashes once If hazard indicator and horn mode
83. 1 21 Bulb replacement Fog light switch Headlight switch Headlights bulb replacement Interior lights Personal lights REPIACOMENE ya secaccssccessiccancasesccesssgesieeant ness 8 3 8 27 Vanity mirror ght 2 44 Warning indicator lights and audible FEMINAE Sikisis 2 9 2 14 Loading information See vehicle loading IMFOFTMARION AEE EEES E E 9 14 Lock Back door lock Door locks Glass hatch lock Glove box lock Power door lock Lockout protection Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low tire pressure warning system Luggage hooks Luggage rack z Luggage side console DOK 2 34 Maintenance Battery General maintenance Inside the vehicle Maintenance precautions Maintenance requirements Outside the vehicle Seat belt maintenance Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Manual front seat adjustment Meters and gauges 10 4 8 18 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness SOTTO AE E T 2 23 Mirror Inside mirror 3 16 Outside mirror control 3 16 Outside mirrors 3 16 Net Cargo net New vehicle break in Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start Odometer Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine oil Checking engine oil level Engine Oilissa Engine oil viscosity Outside mirror control Outside mirrors Outside temperature display Overdrive switch
84. 2 15 Instrument brightness control P 2 23 16 VDC OFF switch if so equipped P 2 27 17Automatic drive positioner system cancel switch if so equipped P 3 19 18 Fuse box cover P 8 24 Pocket 19 Outside mirror remote control P 3 16 20 Tilting steering wheel adjust lever P 3 15 21 Ignition switch steering lock P 5 7 22 Glass hatch outside mirror defogger switch Type B if so equipped P 2 21 23 Audio system P 4 13 24 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 25 Coin box if so equipped P 2 30 25 Ashtray if so equipped P 2 29 26 Cigarette lighter P 2 29 or Power outlet P 2 28 27 Glove box P 2 33 See the page indicated in parentheses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES SIC2018 1 Speedometer 5 Odometer trip odometer 2 Warning indicator lights 6 Reset knob for trip odometer 3 Tachometer 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 4 Fuel gauge Odometer Twin trip odometer Reset knobsic1 440 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Instruments and controls 2 3 Changing the display Push the reset knob to change the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TR
85. 20 F 30 C or higher than 158 F 70 C the display shows only though it is operating This is not a malfunction e The outside temperature sensor is lo cated in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direction and other driving condi tions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the tem perature displayed on various signs or billboards CAUTION Use the ICE indication for reference only Confirm the traffic information and road conditions to drive safely Zone Variation Chart S AK GA aC P EHARA f CE man SIC0611 COMPASS DISPLAY Push the switch when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position The direction will be displayed Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Establish your location on the zone map Record your zone number 2 Push the ON OFF switch in for five seconds until the current zone entry number is dis played 3 Press the ON OFF switch repeatedly until the new zone entry number is displayed Once the desired zone number is displayed stop pressing the ON OFF switch and the dis play will show compass direction within a f
86. A0365 Side finisher e When hooking on ropes do not apply a load of more than 22 Ib 98 N to a single hook e Do not use the luggage net between the A and B hooks 2 36 Instruments and controls Floor hooks mee Tonneau cover i CARGO NET if so equipped The cargo net keeps packages in the cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the four hooks to the four retainers To remove the cargo net detach the four hooks from the cargo net retainers AA WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury e Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured TONNEAU COVER if so equipped The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compart ment contents hidden from the outside To open the tonneau cover pull it out and hang both sides on the hooks To close the tonneau cover remove it from the hooks and release it WARNING e Never put anything on the tonneau cover no matter how small Any ob Instruments and controls 2 37 ject on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop e Do not leave the tonneau cover in the vehicle with it disengaged fr
87. ABS or Anti lock brake warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock brake system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 9 If an abnormality occurs in the system the anti lock function will cease but the ordinary brakes will continue to operate normally If the light comes on while you are driving contact your NISSAN dealer for repair oi teup Automatic transmission oil temperature warning light x3 model This light comes on when the automatic trans mission oil temperature is too high If the light comes on while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible until the light turns off CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the A T oil temperature warning light is on may damage the automatic trans mission 2 10 Instruments and controls ATP Automatic transmission park warning light 3 model AA WARNING e If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park position will not function and the transfer lever or the transfer case is in neutral Part time 4WD models e When parking always make sure that the transfer lever is in H or 4L and the parking brake is set Failure to en gage the transfer control lever in H or 4L could result in the vehicle moving unexpectedly resulting in serious person
88. CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a fixed speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch on The CRUISE indicator light on the meter panel will come on To set at cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The SET light will come on Take your foot off the accel erator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed follow any of these three methods a Push the cancel switch The SET light will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET light will go out c Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out e f you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES set switch and reset at the cruising speed turn the main switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically be can celled if the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e Depress the clutch pedal manual transmis sion or move the selector lever to N position a
89. ETRACTOR Center of rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt buckle and tongue are identified by the CENTER mark The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle Fastening the seat belts 1 Insert the tongue into the buckle marked CENTER until it snaps 1 30 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems To lengthen hold the tongue at a right angle to the belt and pull on the belt To shorten pull the free end of the belt away from the tongue then pull the belt clip to take up the slack Position the lap belt low and snug on the hips as shown a PRESS to unfasten SSS0026 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt press the button on the buckle POSITION low on the hips SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or right passenger seating position See your NISSAN dealer for assistance if the extender is required AA WARNING e Only NISSAN belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment belts should be used with NISSAN belts e Persons who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal in
90. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available for you READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and main tenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AA WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e Never drive under the influence of alcohol or d
91. GING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends that tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km However the timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and road surface conditions See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replacing procedures Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to speci fication at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AA WARNING e After rotating the tires adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts after the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 Wear indicator Location mark MDI0004 Tire wear and damage AA WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If exces sive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire should be replaced e The original tires have a built in tread wear indicator When the wear 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself indicator is visible the tire should be
92. IPA Resetting the trip odometer Push the reset knob for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero 2 4 Instruments and controls Red zone DO NOT RUN engine into red zone SIC 1588 Normal range 1C0173 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued op eration of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emer gency section for immediate action re quired Empty SIC1781 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the APPROXIMATE fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle is designed to move to the E Empty position when the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank
93. Mexico Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than stated above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have your dealer correct the condi tion Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service fa cility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark FOR GASOLINE ENGINES API service symbol STI0367 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct quality and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance Nissan recommends the use of a low friction oil energy conserving oil in order to
94. O 10 8 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance NISSAN rec ommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol devices and systems and could also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Techni cal and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF l GF Il amp GF Ill e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES See the Tire and Loading Information label Engine coolant 8 9 Engine oil 8 11 Window washer fluid 8 17 Brake fluid 8 16 Battery 8 18 Power steering fluid Clutch fluid 8 16 VO35DE 8 15 Automatic transmission Meters and gau
95. OOF if so equipped CEN UP O open N ESE a EY DOWN D Automatically close SICO560A ELECTRIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition key is in the ON position The electric sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding Tilting SIC0561 Sliding the sunroof To open the roof press the switch to the lt D side To close the roof press the switch to the Z side The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof just press the switch toward the either side Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The switch may become inoperable after the battery terminal is disconnected the electrical supply interrupted and or some abnormality de tected Use the following re set procedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 If the sunroof lid is open push the tilting switch toward tilt DOWN or the sliding switch toward close repeatedly to fully close the lid 2 After the lid has closed all the way keep pushing the tilting switch toward tilt DOWN or the sliding switch toward close for more than 1 second Auto reverse function When closing the sunroof If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will
96. PERATION Fan speed control Push the fan control button amp fan speed manually to change the e Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button amp to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light will come on Push it again to make the air inlet controlled automatically FRESH REC FRE and RECIR CULATION The indicator will go out The air recirculation button will not be activated when the air conditioner is in DEF mode Air flow control Pushing the MODE button selects the air outlet to provide Air flow from center and side ventilators J lt Air flow from center and side ventilators and foot outlets Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 1 1 wf Air flow mainly from foot outlets Air flow from defroster and foot outlets To turn the system off Push the OFF button OPERATING TIPS e When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for O to 126 seconds This is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally SAA0158 The sensor on the instrument panel helps main tain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor 4 12 Heater air conditioner and audio systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioni
97. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the buckle is unlatched and the belt is allowed to fully retract Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 37 Front facing Front PULL to tighten N Front facing Check for a secure fit SSS0255 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt to remove any slack in the belt 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat 1 38 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact Rear facing Outboard wv ee
98. See later in this section for fuel recommendation 2 See later in this section for recommended SAE viscosity number 3 See later in this section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation 4 See Changing engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for further details 9 2 Technical and consumer information Coolant or equivalent Manual transmission US measure Imp measure Capacity Approximate Liter Recommended specifications API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 Differential gear oil exc LSD API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 1 Limited slip differential LSD gear oil Only LSD gear oil API GL 5 and SAE 80W 90 1 approved for Nissan LSD 2 Automatic transmission fluid Power steering fluid PSF All mode 4WD transfer fluid Transfer fluid Brake and clutch fluid Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Nissan Matic D Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid 6 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 5 Nissan Matic D Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid 6 Nissan Matic D Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid 6 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 90 Genuine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 4 or equivalent DOT 3 U S F M V S S No 116 Propeller shaft
99. Self test feature The anti lock brake system consists of electronic sensors electric pumps and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the computer senses any mal function it switches the anti lock brake system OFF and turns on the ABS brake warning light in the dashboard The brake system will then be have normally but without anti lock assistance If the light comes on during the self check or while you are driving you should take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer for repair at your earliest convenience AA WARNING The anti lock brake system is a sophis ticated device but it cannot prevent ac cidents resulting from careless or dan gerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but remember that the stopping distance on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock sys tem Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and others r
100. a P245 65R17 105S 30 psi 210 kPa P215 80R16 103M 2 30 psi 210 kPa DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS PATHFINDER Overall length 1 in mm 182 7 4 640 Overall width in mm 69 7 1 770 71 7 1 820 2 Overall height in mm 68 1 1 730 67 9 1 725 2 Front tread in mm 58 3 1 480 60 6 1 540 2 Rear tread in mm 58 5 1 485 60 8 1 545 2 Wheelbase in mm 106 3 2 700 Gross vehicle weight rating lb kg See the F M V S S certification Gross axle weight rating ee on the driver s side lock pillar Front Ib kg Rear lb kg 1 On spare tire carrier equipped models the spare tire carrier adds 9 45 in 240 mm to the overall length 2 SE and LE wide models Technical and consumer information 9 1 1 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles can be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your ve hicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state provi
101. a l V temp A nove OFF button AUTO Air flow control button DEF button Temperature control button Air recirculation button SAA0449A 4 10 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner AA WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or pos sibly fatal injuries to people or ani mals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Positioning of the heating or air con ditioning controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to maintain a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Push the AUTO button on AUTO will appear on the display 2 Push the temperature control button VA toset the desired temperature e For normal operation adjust the temperature control button to about 75 F 24 C e The temperature of the passenger
102. a stuck vehicle 6 16 Sec rity SYSTEM iiris 2 17 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch Vehicle dynamic control VDC system Ventilators w Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 21 Warning light AWD warning light sess AWD warning light ESZI os Air bag warning light Anti lock brake warning light Automatic transmission park warning Brake warning light Door open warning light Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Warning lights Warning Hazard warning flasher switch Warning Low tire pressure warning GY SUM secicssrsseessicsastoiateas stances sanienssvanestbesiens stonasiorsins 5 3 6 2 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible POIMIMGSLS cscccsscssctesecastssncesctesiedsccadhssneccststintannseaceddtoaiadss 2 9 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 24 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 20 Windshield wiper and washer switch Washing Weights See dimensions and weights Whe el tire SIZE eseeessesteeetesteeeseetestetestesteteeteneeeenteees Wheels and tires Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels Window washer fluid cs cesses Window s Cleaning Power windows 2 39 Windshield wiper and washer switch sa 2 19 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 20 Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper blades 10 7 MEM
103. abel is attached as shown if so equipped SPA0945B 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag if so equipped and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped systems and pre tensioner seat belt The cir cuits monitored by the air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit satellite sensors front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belt and all related wiring After turning the ignition key to the ON position Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 21 the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag if so equipped and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning lig
104. ablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combi nation can cause heat build up and possible tire failure 9 24 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by the following emis sion warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty For CANADA Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it becomes lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena CA 90248 0191 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mis sissauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the Na tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin istration NHTSA in addition to noti fying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN To
105. actor to take up extra slack Make sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder across your chest The front seat passenger side seat belt and rear three point seat belts have a cinching mecha nism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode When the cinching mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be withdrawn again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted For additional information see Child Restraints for Infants and Small Children later in this section The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 27 vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension AA WARNING When fastening the seat belts be cer tain that seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop if i PRESS to unfasten SSS0021 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt will automatically retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slow
106. age carpet CAUTION PULL to open 5 Make sure the luggage board closes securely Do not drive with the board removed Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously in jured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts AA WARNING Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Use the suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area It is extremely danger ous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Instruments and controls 2 35 A SPA0408A SP
107. air bag systems Sit upright and well back SS0131 AA WARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact roll over or lower severity frontal collision Al ways wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat Front air bags inflate with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag in flates Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 1 1 straints and supplemental air bag systems 1 12 Seats re AA WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some ex amples of dangerous
108. al injury or property damage All mode 4WD models e When parking always make sure that AWD shift indicator light illuminates and the parking brake is set Failure to engage the 4WD shift switch in 2H AUTO 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle moving unexpectedly result ing in serious personal injury or prop erty damage This light indicates that the automatic transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the transfer control is not secured in any drive position while the automatic transmission selec tor lever is in the P Park position the transmis sion will disengage and the wheel will not lock Part time 4WD models Shift the transfer shift lever into the 2H 4H or 4L position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P position and the ATP warning light is ON Before shifting the transfer shift lever into the 4L position move the automatic transmission selec tor lever into the N position once shift the selector lever into P again and make sure the ATP warning light is OFF All mode 4WD models The warning light may come on when the ignition switch is ON and the automatic transmission lever is shifted to the P position while shifting the transfer case between 4H and 4LO Shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the warning light comes on Before shifting the 4WD shift switch in
109. ance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood oper ate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operat ing properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km However the timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving
110. and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener compo nents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply press the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at al
111. ar facing child restraints AA WARNING Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All US states and provinces of Canada require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child restraints later in this section In addition there are many types of child re straints available for larger children which should be used for maximum protection NISSAN recommends that all preteens and children be restrained in the rear seat if possible According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a Supplemental Restraint Sys Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 25 tem Air Bag System for the front passen ger See Supplemental Restraint System earlier in this section for precaution Infants and small children NISSAN recommends that infants and small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the ma
112. are general precau tions which should be closely observed AA WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the ve hicle from moving For a manual transmission move the shift lever to Neutral For an automatic transmis sion move the selector lever to the P Park position e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any replacement or repair e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel and battery Your vehicle is equipped with an au tomatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not run ning To avoid injury always discon nect the negative battery cable be fore working near the fan On gasoline engin
113. as If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to 5 38 Starting and driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped An engine block heater to assist extreme cold temperature starting is available through your NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 39 MEMO 5 40 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Flat tire Low tire pressure warning system if so 19 UT 9 9 lt 1e pereremeerseyreereerecreeeeertreereceererrererereererrterereeerrerrerreres Changing a flat tire Jump starting Push starting ee sine sea doua Clea E E E EE 6 11 If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Towing your vehicle wees 6 12 Towing recommended by Nissan 6 14 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck vehicle FLAT TIRE LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM if so equipped The low tire pressure warning system monitors tire pressure of all wheels except the spare tire If the vehicle is being driven with a flat tire or low tire pressure lower than 25 psi 171 kPa the low tire pressure warning system will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h F
114. asurement of weights 9 17 Towing a trailer 9 18 Maximum load limits 9 18 Towing load specification chart 9 20 TOWING Safo tyin 9 20 Flat TOWING insrninsnsinsssnniisinnssais 9 22 Uniform tire quality Grading 9 23 Emission control system Warranty 9 24 Reporting safety defects US only 9 24 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test CUS OPI sec esevesss Sees eccrcssssssdhed nec R 9 25 Event data reCOrders sssrinin 9 26 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 27 In the event Of a Collision wesc 9 27 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following values are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different from them When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended specifications us mp Liter measure measure Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of Fuel esta 1729 8 gal 12 at least 91 AKI RON 96 VO35DE 1 Engine oil 4 Drain and refill with oil filter e API Certification Mark 2 3 change 5 1 4 qt 43 8 at 9o e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp ll or API grade SJ SL Energy Conserv without oil filter 5 1 8 at 4 1 4 qt 48 ing 2 3 change e ILSAC grade GF l GF Il amp GF III 2 3 Cooling system with i heater anditesenoit 9 3 4 qt 8 1 8 qt 9 2 Genuine Nissan Long Life Anti Freeze tank 1
115. at ing temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 6 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 5 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 3 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission gear shift lever in the P or N position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is ac ceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed Technical and consumer information 9 25 Dynamometer testing for Inspection Maintenance I M test US only Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be tested for emissions on a dynamometer The transfer control lever if so equipped MUST be in the 2H position for I M testing on a two wheel dynamometer AA WARNING e If the transfer control lever is not in the 2H position during the dynamom eter I M testing the vehicle could come off the dynamometer and cause serious personal injur
116. c brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard when the vehicle is moving whether or not the brake pedal is de pressed SECURITY SYSTEMS SIC2133 SECURITY Indicator light SIC 1442 Your vehicle may have two types of security system as follows e Vehicle security system e Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position How to activate the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be activated even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close and lock all doors hood back door and glass hatch All doors can be locked either with the keyfob a key the door lock knob or the lock unlock switch See Doors in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjust ments section for locking all doors simulta neously Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light comes on The SECURITY light glows for about 30 seconds and then begins to flash The system is now activated If during this 30 second time pe
117. cause skin can cer e Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children VaQ35DE N lt LOOSEN Ca SDI1113 CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Depending on the engine model a special cap type wrench may be required See your NISSAN dealer Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil may be hot Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Coat the rubber gasket on the new filter with engine oil Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 10 85 to 15 12 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait several minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if neces sary Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID VQ35DE a AA WARNING e When engine is running keep hands jewelry and clothing away from any moving parts s
118. ces The sys tem detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By prevent ing wheel lockup the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down AA WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Normal operation The anti lock brake system will not operate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h to completely stop the vehicle The speeds will vary according to road conditions When the anti lock system senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator under the hood rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure like pumping the brakes very quickly While the actuator is working you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from the actuator under the hood This is normal and indicates that the anti lock system is working properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving If a tire slips on rough roads for more than 10 seconds the ABS brake warning light may come on Turn OFF the ignition key restart the engine and drive the vehicle at speeds above 20 MPH 30 km h If the warning light does not go out have the vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer
119. cident SPA0465 Lumbar support if so equipped for Operating tips driver s seat e The motor has an auto reset overload protec Turn the lever forward or backward to adjust the tion circuit If the motor stops during opera seat lumbar area tion wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power support seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery 1 4 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Forward and oo Reclining SSS0148 Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Seat lifter Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 5 Driver s seat SPA0465 Lumbar support if so equipped for driver s seat Turn the lever forward or backward t
120. ck the door turn the key towards the front of the vehicle To unlock turn it towards the rear Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the back door simultaneously e Turning the driver s door key to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key one time to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the correspond ing door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be re moved and inserted and turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors FRONT WINDOW OPEN CLOSE WITH KEY Turn the driver s door key to the unlock position and hold for about 1 second the front windows will begin to lower To stop opening turn the key to the neutral position To close the front windows with the door key cylinder turn the key to the lock position and hold for about 1 second To stop closing turn the key to the neutral position In the event of a hand in the way or other obstruction the auto reverse function will acti vate PD1160M LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB Pushing or pulling the door inside lock knob to the lock or unlock will lock or unlock the corre sponding door To lock from the outside without a key move the inside lock knob to the LOCK position Then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle Pre driving checks and ad
121. cle the gearshift lever in the 1st position Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion AA WARNING e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into the P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmission models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmis sion selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button at the end of the lever Part time 4WD models e If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P park position will not function and the transfer shift lever is in the N position Failure to engage the trans fer shift lever in H or 4L could result in the vehicle moving unexpectedly resulting in serious personal injury or property damage All mode 4WD models e If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P park position will not function and the transfer case is in neutral Make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light and transfer 4LO position indicator light remains illuminated before stopping the engine Otherwise the vehicle could unexpectedly move even if the automatic transmission is in the P park position 3 To help prevent the vehicle rolling into the street
122. cle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose 5 12 Starting and driving SSD0092 Shifting Push the button to shift into P R or from D to 2 All other positions can be selected without pushing the button P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selec tor lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the lever to the P Park position R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be de pressed and selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Re verse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 2 Second gear Use for hill climbing effective engine braking on downhill grades or starting on slippery roads Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following sp
123. cles to bring their bat teries into close proximity to each other if the booster battery is in another vehicle Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply parking brakes Move the shift lever to Neutral position On automatic transmission models move the selector lever to P Park Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated AA CAUTION e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure that cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compart ment and that clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the other vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start your engine in the normal manner AA CAUTION Do not keep starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may b
124. compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Heating ECON Use this mode when you need to heat only 1 Push the ECON Economy button on ECON appears on the display 2 Push the temperature control button VA toset the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly e f the windows fog up do not use the ECON mode Dehumidified defogging 1 Push the DEF amp g switch on The indicator light will come on 2 Push the temperature control button VA to set the desired temperature e To remove ice or fog from the outside of the windows push the manual fan control button amp and set to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the DEF lt button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C for VQ35DE engine models or 28 F 2 C for VG33E engine models to defog the windshield The air recirculation mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger com partment to improve defogging performance MANUAL O
125. contact NHTSA you may call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 You may also write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline You may notify NISSAN by contact ing our Consumer Affairs Depart ment toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 In Hawaii call 808 836 0888 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emis sion control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usu ally the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you AA WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper
126. crushed be tween the adult and parts of the ve hicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and your self e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could se riously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat 1 32 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems e NISSAN recommends that the child restraint be installed in the rear seat According to accident statistics chil dren are safer when properly re strained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child re straint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with a lap belt or the lap portion of a three point type seat belt Child restraints for infants and children of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e f the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is co
127. cupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight to the value Ex amples are shown in the illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX pounds on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX pounds Technical and consumer information 9 15 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle For safety that weight must not exceed the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 9 16 Technical and consumer i
128. d depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the en gine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure AA CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again other wise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Always allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the en gine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission con trol module to produce maximum power and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum ve hicle performance and driving enjoyment If your vehicle is equipped with four wheel drive see Using four wheel drive
129. dal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn 7 4 Appearance and care Floor mat positioning aid Driver side only This model includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorpan contour Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them AA WARNING Do not allow wet belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents since these may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION 1 The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas 2 Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents Moisture The accumulation of sand dirt and water on the underside of the body will accelerate corrosion Floor sections which have snow and ice trapped under the floor matting will not dry Relative hu
130. der the rear wheels e When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies e Turn the ignition key to the OFF position and secure the steering 6 14 In case of emergency wheel in a straightahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turn ing the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism If you have to tow manual transmis sion models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies e Always release the parking brake e Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only e Speed Below 60 MPH 95 km h e Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before tow ing to prevent damage to the transmission Four wheel drive models part time SCE0198 Part time four wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expen sive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the
131. descending steep hills or during driving in sand mud or deep snow The 4L position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising vehicle speed exces sively as the maximum recommended speed is approximately 30 MPH 50 km h N No wheels are driven Always keep the transfer lever out of the N position Shift the lever quickly and smoothly when moving across the N position with the vehicle stopped WARNING e When parking the vehicle apply the parking brake and shift the transfer control lever in the 2H 4H or 4L position e Do not leave the transfer control le ver in the N position Otherwise the vehicle could roll unexpectedly even if the manual transmission is in any gear or the automatic transmission in the P position If the ATP light is on this indicates that the automatic Starting and driving 5 21 5 22 Starting and driving TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING PROCEDURES TO SHIFT TRANSFER CASE MANUAL TRANSMISSION MODELS SHIFT PROCEDURE Move the transfer lever to 4H This can be done at any speed up to 50 MPH 80 km h and it is not necessary to depress the clutch From 2H to 4H i i pedal Perform this operation when driving straight Move the transfer lever to 2H This can be done at any speed up to 50 MPH 80 km h and it is not necessary to depress the clutch From 4H to 2H i pedal Perform this operation when driving straight Stop the vehicle Depress the clutch pedal Depres
132. dial to the 3 position 3 Turn on the fan control dial 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Operating tips e Clear snow and ice from the wiper blade and air inlet in front of the windshield This will improve heater operation e A slight delay may be experienced when turning the air control dial The system is not malfunctioning it is only the system motors and solenoids switching from one outlet to another AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine move the fan control dial to the desired 1 to 4 position and push in the air conditioner button to activate the air conditioner When the air conditioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions will be added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify 1 Push the air recirculation button to the off position 2 Turn the air control dial to the position 3 Turn on the fan control dial 4 Push on the air conditioner button The indi cator light will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position e For quick cooling when the outside tempera ture is high push the air recirculation button to the on position Be sure to return the air recirculation button to the off position for normal cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and d
133. distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash b attery may have to be replaced Contact your f your hands If the acid contacts your NISSAN dealer 1 Remove the cell plugs using a suitable tool eyes skin or clothing immediately 2 Add disti till t to the MAX level flush with water for at least 15 min do distilea water upao Mg oe utes and seek medical attention painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch If the side of the battery is not visible the electrolyte level can be checked through e When working on or near a battery each filler opening as illustrated always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself Indicator SDI1480 DRIVE BELTS VQ35DE A Crank pulley B Fan C Alternator D Power steering oil pump E Air conditioner compressor D Y Tension checking point SDI1119 under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level WARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of
134. driving checks and adjustments i s2 When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is in the ignition switch However the panic alarm will not activate when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Doors lock with the keyfob while any door is open However hazard indicator and horn mode will not function PUSH to lock PUSH to unlock PUSH to operate SPA1373 Unlocking doors 1 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob once e Only the driver s door unlocks e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the center O position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position 2 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds e All doors unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed If the following operation is not carried out within 5 minutes after pressing the UNLOCK button all doors will be locked automatically e any door is opened e the ignition key is turned to the ON position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch
135. ds on actual driving conditions and may vary significantly due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and cli mate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AA WARNING The traction grade assigned to your ve hicle tires is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not in clude acceleration cornering hydro planing or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C Temperature grades are A the highest B and C They represent a tire s resistance to heat build up and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a speci fied indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause tire material to degener ate reducing tire life Excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corre sponds to a performance level which all passen ger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Technical and consumer information 9 23 Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades A and B represent higher levels of performance on laboratory test wheels than the minimum re quired by law AA WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is est
136. e Wait for pro fessional road assistance When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the low tire pres sure warning system will not func tion Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting For models with the low tire pressure warning system MCE0001 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it is jacked up AA WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the ve hicle may move and could cause per sonal injury In case of emergency 6 3 K Il INA Wheel nut wrench under jack SCE0339C Padlock SCE0120 Getting the spare tire and tools Remove jacking tools and spare tire from stor age area 6 4 In case of emergency TURN counterclockwise to remove spare tire SCE0116B SCE0377 Type C SCE0139C CAUTION e Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown e Make sure the rod tip fits in the fitting portion of the spare tire hanger and turn the rod e Be sure to center the spare tire sus pending plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire Type B SCE0327 Removing wheel cap AA CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps Doing so could result in personal injury In case of emerg
137. e vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake linings and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating before going down a slope or long grade reduce speed and down shift to a lower gear Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking 5 34 Starting and driving To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly AA WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an acci dent e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS The anti lock brake system controls the brakes so the wheels will not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfa
138. e STOP position To close the glass hatch push the glass hatch down securely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 1 1 PULL to open BACK Back and nek poor all doors lock unlocl 7 All doors gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas CAUTION DOOR unlock LOCK T Glass hatch iD unlocks les Yo Do not open the glass hatch unless the GL m wiper is in the stowed position HATCH UNLOCK SPA0338D SPA1377 KEY OPERATION To open the glass hatch turn the key fully clockwise and pull the opener handle To close lower and push the glass hatch down securely Other key operations e Turning the key clockwise locks all doors including the back door e Turning the key counterclockwise unlocks the back door e Turning the key counterclockwise again within 5 seconds unlock all doors AA WARNING Do not drive with the glass hatch open This could allow dangerous exhaust 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER LID Type B SPA1770 OPENER OPERATION To open the fuel filler lid push the opener lever down To lock close the fuel filler lid securely The fuel filler lid release switch is located on the floor below the driver s arm rest To open the fuel filler lid push the opener switch To lock close the fuel filler lid
139. e When the DEF button lt 7 is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculation mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per formance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Push the fan control button amp to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the switch will come on Push it again to make the air inlet controlled automatically FRESH REC FRE and RECIR CULATION The indicator will go out The air recirculation button will not be activated when the air conditioner is in DEF mode Air flow control Pushing the manual air flow control button se lects the air outlet to j Air flows from center and side ventilators wv Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets af Air flows mainly from foot outlets amp Air flow from defroster and foot outlets To turn the system off Push the OFF button Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Automatic Type B if so equipped Type B ECON button Manual fan AUTO button control button Display ECON V OFF w c
140. e and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into reverse automatic transmission in P AA WARNING e EZ The transfer control lever must be in the 2H 4H or 4L position e Never place the transfer control lever in the N position Otherwise the ve hicle could roll unexpectedly even if the manual transmission is in gear or the automatic transmission is in the P position This could result in seri ous personal injury or property dam age All mode 4WD models e Make sure the 4WD shift indicator and or transfer 4LO position indica tor light remains illuminated before stopping the engine e Make sure the ATP light is off before stopping the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll unexpectedly even if the automatic transmission is in the P position This could result in serious personal injury or property damage 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need help 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AA WARNING e Make sure that the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R re verse on the automatic transmis sion in P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or a slippery area This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicl
141. e belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 46 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the lap belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 47 2 Instruments and controls instrument panelinin 2 2 Meters and Gauge sssini eiir 2 3 Speedometer and odometer esseseeeseeeeeees 2 3 TAC OMe tel seinan 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge uve 2 4 Fue GAUGE canioane 2 5 Compass and outside temperature display if so QUI PDO isirii
142. e contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING CAUTION e Automatic transmission models can not be push started This may cause transmission damage Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged Never try to start the vehicle by tow ing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the ve hicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AA WARNING e Do not continue to drive if your ve hicle overheats Doing so could cause a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the ra diator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the gearshift lever to the neutral position automatic transmission to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner switch Open all the windows move the heater or air condi In case of emergency 6 1 1 tioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a h
143. e models with the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION Do not work under the engine hood while it is hot Turn off the engine and wait until it cools down Never connect or disconnect either the battery or any transistorized component connector while the igni tion key is on Never leave the engine or the auto matic transmission related compo nent harness connector discon nected while the ignition key is on Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can hurt the envi 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ronment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform More involved service should be done by your NISSAN dealer A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or im proper servicing may result in operating difficul ties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your NISSAN
144. e radiator is equipped with a pres sure cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap RA SS n UF P ae CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radia tor fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level If the engine cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by your NISSAN dealer Bottom right side ee LOOSEN em RY f Drain plug ___ oe SDIO486A CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT e Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by your NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual e Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating AA WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coola
145. e used when install ing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode may result in the child restraint not being properly secured The child restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Move seat fully back SSS0301 INSERT to fasten Front facing If you must install a child restraint in the front seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the front pas senger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rear most position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for belt routing Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 45 Front facing Pull to engage automatic locking mode iil SSS0113 Front facing P Front N PULL to tighten S i SSS0056 Front facing Check fi fit eck for a secure fi SS0302 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time th
146. e vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap such as Nissan Car Wash or a general purpose dish washing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stance so that the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly endangered by the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paintwork and keeps the finish After waxing polishing is rec ommended to remove built up residue and avoid a weathered appearance Your NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives
147. ecome the fifth largest automaker in the world In addition to cars and trucks NISSAN also makes forklift trucks marine engines boats and other diversified prod ucts NISSAN has made a substantial and growing investment in North America NISSAN S commit ment is nearly 4 billion dollars in capital invest ments in facilities across the continent Some of the facilities include the Nissan Manufacturing facility in Smyrna Tennessee vehicle styling de sign at Nissan Design America in San Diego California and engineering at Nissan Technical Center North America in Farmington Hills Michi gan Additionally NISSAN employs nearly 18 000 people throughout the United States Canada and Mexico An additional 71 000 people work for the 1 500 NISSAN and INFINITI dealers across North America NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to the Canadian economy Nissan Canada Inc its sup pliers and over 140 dealers employ approximately 4 500 people These include company employees and the staffs of NISSAN dealers all across Canada In addition many Canadians work for companies that supply NISSAN and NISSAN deal ers with materials and services ranging from op eration of port facilities and transportation services to the supply of lubricants parts and accessories NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics and computers in automobiles and has led the industry in improving both performance and fuel efficiency through new engine designs a
148. ecstsesssttesesnteeesnteeeenee Tonneau cover if so equipped Luggage rack if SO CQUIPPEd eeessseseseeesnteeeeeee Power windows Sunroof if so equipped Electric sunroof Interior lights if so equipped Personal lights Vanity mirror light if so equipped HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped 2 Programming HomeLink Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOMGES ascscccccsdsvsdscareiitsticeteteesrcisseressethencasssatatieniatieaass 2 46 Operating the integrated HomeLink Universal Transceiver eG a A EAN Programming trouble diagnosis sses Clearing the programmed information Reprogramming a single HomeLink button z f your Vehicle iS stol nsunsnnssniineeaaa INSTRUMENT PANEL 15 16 1718 19 20 21 222324 25 26 SIC1936 1 Security indicator light P 2 17 4 Driver s supplemental air bag P 1 16 2 Headlight dimmer turn signal switch P 2 22 5 Meters gauges P 2 3 Front fog light switch if so equipped 6 Cruise control main set switch P 2 25 if so equipped P 5 18 3 Steering switch for audio control if so 7 Windshield and rear window wiper washer equipped P 4 28 2 2 Instruments and controls switch P 2 19 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 9 Air conditioner P 4 2 10 Glass hatch outside mirror defogger switch Type A P 2 21 11 Clock P 2 27 12 Center ventilator P 4 2 13 Passenger air bag P 1 10 14 Side ventilator P 4
149. ed by over loading are not covered by your NISSAN warranty VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY The vehicle load capacity is the maximum total weight of passengers optional equipment air conditioning trailer hitch etc and cargo that your vehicle is designed to carry Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Vehicle loading information earlier in this section for details Also check tires for proper inflation pressures Vehicle Load Weight Capacity Unit Ib kg VQ35DE 2WD Automatic and Automatic and Manual Trans Manual Trans mission mission XE SE LE US 980 445 970 440 945 430 MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weight the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label that is located on the driver s door lock pillar If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings Canada Technical and consumer information 9 17 CAUTION Overloading can shorte
150. eeds and do not exceed the following speeds in the 2 position Two wheel drive 60 MPH 95 km h Four wheel drive Part time 2H and 4H positions 50 MPH 80 km h AL position 19 MPH 30 km h All mode 2WD and AUTO positions 60 MPH 95 km h 50 MPH 80 km h 22 MPH 35 km h 4H position 4LO position 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not shift into 1 position at speeds over the following speeds Two wheel drive 60 MPH 95 km h Four wheel drive Part time 2H and 4H positions 50 MPH 80 km h AL position 19 MPH 30 km h All mode 2WD and AUTO positions 30 MPH 50 km h 30 MPH 50 km h 10 MPH 15 km h 4H position 4LO position Do not exceed the following speeds in the 1 position Two wheel drive 30 MPH 50 km h Four wheel drive Part time 2H and 4H positions 30 MPH 50 km h 4L position 12 MPH 19 km h All mode 2WD and AUTO positions 30 MPH 50 km h 30 MPH 50 km h 10 MPH 15 km h 4H position 4LO position Type A REMOVE shift lock cover using flat bladed screwdriver Shift lock cover R PUSH the release button PUSH the selector lever button Tool SSD0212A Starting and driving 5 13 Type B REMOVE shift lock cover PUSH the selector lever button A MOVE E SSS Shift
151. ehicle should return to its normal operating con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have your NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary Starting and driving 5 15 SSD0107 MANUAL TRANSMISSION Shifting A WARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine 5 16 Starting and driving damage To change gears or when up shifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd and 4th up to 5th gear in sequence according to the vehicle speed You cannot shift directly from 5th gear into Reverse First shift into the Neutral position then into Reverse If it is difficult to move the shift lever into Reverse or 1st shift to Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into Reverse or 1st If your vehicle is equipped with four wheel drive see Using four wheel drive later in this section Suggested up shift speeds The
152. ehumidify 1 Push the air recirculation button to the off position 2 Turn the air control dial to the yf position 3 Turn on the fan control dial 4 Push on the air conditioner button The indi cator light will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify 1 Push the air recirculation button to the off position 2 Turn the air control dial to the lt 7 position 3 Turn on the fan control dial 4 Push on the air conditioner button The indi cator light will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips e Keep windows and sun roof closed while the air conditioner is in operation e After parking in the sun drive for two or three minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This will allow the air conditioner to cool the interior more quickly e The air conditioning system should be operated for about ten minutes at least once a month This helps prevent dam age to the system due to lack of lubri cation e Ifthe coolant temperature gauge exceeds the hot position turn the air conditioner off For additional information see If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for maximum and
153. en the system is turned back on TAPE PLAY e When the TAPE button is pushed with the system turned off and a tape loaded the system will come on and the tape will play e When the TAPE button is pushed with either the radio or compact disc turned on and the tape loaded the compact disc or the radio will automatically be turned off and the tape will play pp aa FF Fast Forward REW Rewind Push the pp fast forward button to fast forward the tape To rewind the tape push the q4 rewind button Either the FF or REW symbol illuminates on the right side of the display window To stop the FF or REW function press the pp fast forward or lt q rewind again or the TAPE button 3 1 gt gt I lt APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the ppi APS FF button is pushed while the tape is being played the next program will start to play from the beginning Push the gt gt APS FF button several times to skip through programs The tape will advance the number of times the button is pushed up to nine programs When the paa APS REW button is pushed once the program being played starts over from the beginning Push the a4 APS REW but ton several times to skip back several selections The tape will go back the number of times the button is pushed Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on the right side of the display window while searching for the selection
154. ency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior 7 2 Cleaning interior 7 3 Washing 7 2 Floor mats 7 4 Waxing POEA PREIA ETE E E E A LTE EE EIA E EE EAEE A TTE 7 2 Seat belts 7 4 REMOVING SPOtS sisarensa 7 2 Corrosion protection sssssssssssssssssssssseccssssssssesssscessssssssseeseee 7 4 Underbody missni 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle GLASS eeeeeseeeeesteeeetesttseeteeeteettnettneeteeetneeteetneteeteety 7 3 COOS Oiii ie iA EAEAN anand 7 4 Aluminum alloy Wheels cscs 7 3 To protect your vehicle from Corrosion vas 7 5 Ghrome PANS siscsssossssaasssccesensnssssssunsesesasseisaaatiastetanssenscenasas 7 3 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can e After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e After driving on coastal roads e When contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e When dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean th
155. ency 6 5 as Jack up point Front Jack up point 3 Rear Ss I Rear of stabilizer bracket SS on rear a case the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicle with limited slip dif ferentials e Do not allow passengers to stay in Pe Turn clockwise to raise KR a gt Turn clockwise to raise SCE0338C Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire AA WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is de signed only for lifting your vehicle 6 6 In case of emergency during a tire change Use the correct jack up points never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run engine while ve hicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the following instructions 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point The jack should be used on level firm ground Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 3 Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securel
156. ent panel can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine The battery could run down if the heater is operated while the engine is not running 2 Push the lt gt Low or C High po sition of the switch as desired depending on the temperature The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the en gine is not running Do not use the seat heater for ex tended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blan ket cushion seat cover etc Other wise the seat may become over heated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heating seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar ma terials If any abnormalities are found or the heating seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped
157. epressed fully Check the brake booster func tion Be certain to keep floormats away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Clutch pedal Make sure the pedal operates smoothly and check that it has the proper free travel Parking brake Check that the lever has the proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake ap plied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat ad justers seatback recliner etc to ensure they Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 operate smoothly and that all latches lock se curely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system e g buckles anchors adjusters and retractors op erate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fray ing wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washe
158. erates when the ignition key is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper Intermittent operation speed can be adjusted by turning the knob Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times Instruments and controls 2 19 AA CAUTION The following could damage the washer system e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the wind shield 2 20 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Low speed Intermittent s SS Washer a Y Rear wiper washer switch SIC0511 The rear window wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise to the intermittent low speed f position to operate the wiper or washer Turn the switch counterclockwise to the position to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times AA CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if reser voir tank is empty e Do not operate the washer when the glass hatch is open e The rear window wiper will not operate
159. eratures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change The chart recommended SAE viscosity number shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause seri ous engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine Nissan oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new Nissan vehicle warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more fre quent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer RECOMMENDED SAE OIL VISCOSITY NUMBER Outside Tem
160. ering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 MIRRORS USING THE SUN VISORS TURN to adjust the outside mirrors 1 To block out glare from the front swing down eV Up the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 3 Then to block glare from the front too swing down the sub sun visor if so equipped 4 To adjust the glare block position slide the sub sun visor to the left O 4 A CAUTION PD1006M bown SPA1211 e Do not store the main sun visor be INSIDE MIRROR OUTSIDE MIRRORS fore storing the sub sun visor The night position will reduce glare from the The outside mirror will operate only when the e Do not pull the sub sun visor forcedly headlights of vehicles behind you at night ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position downwards Turn the control knob to the righ ght or left to select A WARNING the right or left outside mirror then adjust Use the night position only when neces A WARNING sary because it reduces rear view clar ity Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments an accident Use inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to o
161. es includ ing the spare Refer to the Wheels and tires section 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1575 P215 60R16 94H SDI1606 TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall in case of recall Tire size example P215 60R16 94H 1 P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles 2 Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from side wall edge to sidewall edge Not all tires have this information 3 Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial 5 Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches 6 Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law 7 H Speed Rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time The ratings range from 98 miles per hour MPH to 186 MPH You
162. esce 5 20 Increasing fuel CCONOMY cscsssssssessssssesessaesateees 5 20 Using part time four wheel drive AWD 5 21 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 23 Using all mode four wheel drive 4WD ssessesee 5 25 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 25 Parking parking on hills 5 32 Power steering 5 33 Brake system 5 34 Braking precautions 5 34 Anti lock brake system ABS c sssssssssessessstesees 5 34 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system if so equipped sssisniiisenniesia iiia 5 36 Cold weather Criving i ia 5 37 Freeing a frozen door OGK siisii 5 37 ANAT OZE iinis 5 37 Bataia seat cacti 5 37 Draining of Coolant water wets 5 37 Tire 2 QUIPMOMecsstsssssccisesctcsssassaccintsttectsssacendntaatentateetanite 5 37 Special winter CquipMent seen 5 38 Driving ON SNOW OF ICC ssssssssssssssssessesscssesseeseseeeeanees 5 38 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 39 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AA WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent i
163. esent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from it e Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin cloth or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the When installing the tire tighten securely fluid should come into contact with SCE0245 anything immediately flush the con tacted area with water A CAUTION e Keep battery out of the reach of chil dren Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is S The booster batter niust berated at In case of emergency 6 9 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle e Whenever working on or near a bat tery always wear suitable eye protec tors for example goggles or indus trial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other metal jewelry Do not lean over bat tery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury e Your vehicle has an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other ob jects away from it 6 10 In case of emergency RES Y Vehicle with ROI AANE Fe e KER ices 18 Ors Vehicle being jump started SCE0390 AA WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause per sonal injury 1 Position the two vehi
164. ests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness e When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Vehicle iden tification in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for Vehicle identification location infor mation Starting and driving 5 35 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When accelating or driving on slippery surfaces or suddenly avoiding obstacles on roads the tires might spin or slip With the vehicle dynamic control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability e When the vehicle dynamic control system TCS is operating the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks e When only the traction control system TCS portion of the vehicle dynamic control system is operating the slip indicator will also blink e Ifthe slip indicator blinks the road conditions are slippery Adjust your speed and driving to the conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and ee indicator lights come on in the meter panel As lon
165. et buttons for more than 1 5 seconds when the desired PTY name is in the display For FM ADULT HITS ALL PTY CLASSICAL ht Vt TRAFFIC COUNTRY tt Vt TOP 40 JAZZ no Da p TALK NEWS Ht Lt SPORTS OLDIES 3 4 ROCK PUBLIC 4 2 PTY SCAN tuning mode Push the SCAN tuning button to tune the PTY name station and stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Cassette tape player operation Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then lightly insert the cassette tape into the tape door Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 The cassette tape will be automatically pulled into the player The radio or CD will turn off if it is on and the cassette tape will begin to play AA CAUTION Do not force the cassette tape into the tape door This could cause player dam age If the system is turned off by pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob with the cassette tape still in the player the tape will resume playing when the system is turned back on TAPE PLAY e When the TAPE button is pushed with the system turned off and a tape loaded the system will come on and the tape will play e When the TAPE button is pushed with either the radio or compact disc turned on and the
166. ew seconds Instruments and controls 2 7 If a magnet is located near the compass or the vehicle is driven where the terres trial magnetism is disturbed the com pass display may not indicate the cor rect direction In places where the terrestrial magne tism is disturbed the correction of the direction starts automatically extin guishing the direction bar If turn is made one or two times the correction is complete and the direction bar comes back on Correction functions of the compass display The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the direction is not shown correctly carry out manual correction procedure set out below Manual correction procedure f Push the switch for about 10 seconds The direction bar starts blinking Drive the vehicle slowly in an open and safe area The initial correction is completed while turning one or two turns 2 8 Instruments and controls CAUTION In places where the earth s magnetism is disturbed the initial correction proce dure may start automatically WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS ABS or O Automatic transmission oil temperature warning light Anti lock brake warning light AIT OIL TEMP ATP lo Automatic transmission park warning light BRAKE Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light 4 A 4wD mN Engine
167. f control e Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough ter rain Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving of froad The steering wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands In stead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance of the tires even with 4WD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of contr
168. f the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain Before driving up or down grades check the road surface for bumps or potholes Be sure to climb a gentle slope and descend a gentle slope Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any ve hicle If you drive up them you may 5 6 Starting and driving stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Be sure to use the engine brake The foot brake performance may be re duced resulting in a possible acci dent Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never attempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear Never back down in N Neutral or with the clutch depressed manual transmission vehicles using only the brake as this could cause loss o
169. force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seat or rear outboard seats 1 14 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems to extend their hand out of the win dow or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the previous illus trations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the supplemental side air bag inflates you may be seriously in jured Be especially careful with chil dren who should always be properly restrained SSS0159 SSS0162 e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 15 2 3 4 Supplemental curtain side impact air bag 1 SSS0197 Supplemental front air bag modules 5 Diagnosis sensor unit Supplemental side air bag modules 6 Seat belt pre tensioner retractor Supplemental curtain side impact air bags 7 Satellite sensors modules 16 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Supplemental front air bag system The driver supplemental air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel the front passenger supplemental air bag is mounted in the instru ment panel above the glove box These systems are de
170. g as these warning lights are on the traction control function is canceled If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle dy namic control system turned off all VDC func tions will be turned off The Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS and ABS system will still operate with the VDC system off VDC system includes 5 36 Starting and driving ABLS The ABLS system works when the one of driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The ABLS system brakes the spinning driving wheel then distributes the driving power to another While the ABLS system or the ABS system is activated the slip indicator light will blink and you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear operation sound This is normal While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop erly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AA WARNING e The vehicle dynamic control system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent acci dents due to abrupt steering opera tion at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniq
171. g under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cause engine damage PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL e f the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will automatically be canceled If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver If the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned on while pushing the RES ACCEL COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system perform the preceding steps in the order indicated CRUISE CONTROL PUSH and main switch RELEASE for ACCEL or RESUME 7 PUSH to cancel PUSH and RELEASE for SET or COAST SSD0236
172. gauge P 2 5 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS aks Y w iN o D N 8 9 10 11 12 0 6 Illustrated table of contents SS10016 ON DO oO Ff Fuse Fusible link holder P 8 24 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Automatic transmission fluid dipstick A T model P 8 14 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 16 Clutch fluid reservoir M T model P 8 16 Battery P 8 18 9 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 21 10 Radiator cap P 8 8 11 Coolant reservoir P 8 8 12 Air cleaner P 8 20 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Seats A 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment Le Front power Seat adjustment cst 1 4 Rear seat adjustMent c cscs 1 6 Head restraint adjUStMent cs cscs 1 9 Armrest if so equipped sseesessseeessttecesseseeseteessnteeesnee 1 9 Supplemental restraint SYSt M ote 1 10 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIOM oscari iia 1 10 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 21 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 21 Seat belts aiii 1 23 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 24 Child Satety sc sscssinssestniciswniinissamseameniaainionseties 1 25 Pregnant Womens nnns tareniinsiinnnaia 1 26 Injured P SON Srni 1 26 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 26 Two point type seat belt without retractor Center of
173. ge the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Brake fluid reservoir SDI0847 Clutch fluid reservoir SDI0844 BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by your NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid is added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by your NISSAN dealer WINDOW WASHER FLUID SDI0423A SDIO389 WINDOW WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR For US To check the fluid level use your finger to plug the center hole of the cap tube assembly as shown above then remove it from the tank If there is no fluid in the tube add fluid Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer anti freeze Follow the manufacturer s instruc tions for the mixture ratio For CANADA Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light comes on Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer anti free
174. ges 2 3 fluid 8 14 Hood release 3 9 Seat belt 1 23 Air conditioner 4 2 Audio system 4 13 Door lock 3 2 Rear door lock 3 10 Fuel 3 13 9 2 Spare tire 6 4 A_R STI0381
175. h state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio recep tion These circuits are designed to extend re ception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of FM AM and satellite radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunc tion in your radio system Remember that a moving vehicle is not the ideal place to listen to a radio Because of the move ment reception conditions will constantly change Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from Heater air condit
176. has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored the position the indicator light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds e If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the memory will be canceled In such a case reset the desired positions using the following procedures 1 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition key in the LOCK position 2 Reset the desired position using the previous procedure Selecting the memorized position 1 Set the automatic transmission selector lever to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat will automatically move when the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide backward e When the key is removed from the ignition switch e When the driver s door is opened with the key turned to LOCK e When the key is turned from ACC to LOCK with the driver s door open while the auto matic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position The drivers seat
177. he chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Never install tire chains on TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tires Do not use tire chains on dry roads Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the vari ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress When driving on clear paved roads be sure to change to 2WD Front lvl X UU SDI0724 CHAN
178. he next or previous category SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the but ton again during this 5 seconds period will stop 4 24 Heater air conditioner and audio systems SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next sta tion Display mode RPT DISP of satellite radio e Pushing the RPT button will display addi tional information for example Title Artist name about the satellite radio broadcast e Pushing the RPT button for more than 1 5 seconds will change the display mode as follows Channel number gt Channel name gt Artist name gt Song title Channel number Station memory operations Twelve stations channel can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 and satellite radio six for SAT1 six for SAT2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 2 Select the desired station channel and keep pushing any of the desired station channel memory buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 4 Other buttons can be
179. he reverse order of removal Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is neces sary contact your NISSAN dealer AY CAUTION e Do not touch the bulb e Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Wattage 60 55 Bulb No HB2 e Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the performance of the head light Item Wattage W Bulb No Front combination light 21 5 7443 Front fog light H3 type 55 Rear combination light Turn signal 1156NA Stop Tail 7443 Back up 921 High mounted stop light 168 License plate light 168 Interior light Vanity mirror light Personal light I REMOVE Q Bulb identification q INSTALL Replacement procedures MDI0006 All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 Personal light 2 Ai PULL to PULL to remove remove Z amp Front combination light forward i LOOSEN 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Interior light P 4 4 PULL to W remove Rear combination light P PULL to remove Rear turn signal light Stop tail light Back up light SDI0911 High mounted stop light ie ee Z Z Front fog light if so equipped Vanity mirror light if so equ
180. heel is replaced the low tire pres sure warning system will not func tion Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting For models with the low tire pressure warning system Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warn ing The use of a retread tire is not rec ommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information booklet ESG Four wheel drive models CAUTION Always use tires of the same size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pat tern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as nec essary Contact your NISSAN dealer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel bala
181. hen the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your pas senger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident The cup holders have an insert that can be removed for larger cups Rear PULL to open SIC1450 SIC1941 To open pull the cup holder To close fully push the cup holder GLOVE BOX When locking or unlocking the glove box use the master key The glove box may be opened by the handle WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or during a sudden stop Center SIC1942 Instruments and controls 2 33 CONSOLE BOX AA WARNING e The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Keep the center console box lid closed while driving to prevent injury in an accident or sudden stop Do not place valuable items in the center console box 2 34 Instruments and controls SIC0598 LUGGAGE SIDE CONSOLE BOX WARNING Keep luggage side console box lids closed securely while driving to prevent injury in an accident or sudden stop Do not place valuable items in the luggage side console box REAR FLOOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LUGGAGE HOOKS The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps bas eo NT Rear floor Under the lugg
182. hrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries 1 2 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Forward and backward LA Reclining furl egg SSS0169 Driver s seat SSS0168 Forward and backward Pull the lever up while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward again pull the lever and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 3 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT AA WARNING Driver s seat e Do not adjust the driver s seat while YIN driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls which could cause a serious ac
183. ht Rating maxi mum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the ve hicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum com bined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit Example 1 Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Example 2 Occupants Load limit g 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg RR 6 l 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg 280 kg 15 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage RR RR COPA 30 Ib x 4 120 Ib Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib he 300 kg STIO365 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of oc
184. ht does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AA WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemen tal side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate in an accident Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags if so equipped curtain side impact air bags if so equipped and pre tensioner seat belt are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has oc curred Repair and replacement of these sys tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the supplemental front air bags side air bags curtain side impact air bags related parts and pre tensioner seat belt should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 1 22 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems AA WARNING e Once the supplemental front air bag side air bag or curtain s
185. htray 2 29 ATP warning light Audible reminders Audio operation precautions Audio system Steering wheel audio controls Autochanger Compact Disc CD Automatic Automatic transmission fluid ATF Drive positioner 3 17 Driving with automatic transmission 5 7 5 11 Seat positioner S at cesses 3 17 Transmission park warning light 2 10 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 14 Avoiding Collision and rollover 5 5 B Back doof riena iaae 3 10 Battery Battery saver system Battery replacement Intelligent Key system Remote keyless entry system Before starting the engine Belts See drive belts Brake Anti lock brake system ABS 5 34 Brake and clutch fluid Brake booster Brake fluid Brake pedal Brake pedal check Brake system Parking brake check Parking brake operation Warning light Break in schedule Brightness control Instrument panel Bulb check instrument panel Bulb replacement c Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB radio 4 31 Cargo See vehicle loading information 2 37 Cargo net a 2 37 Cassette player See audio system 4 18 4 25 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 3 CD care and cleaning Child restraints Installation on front passenger seat 1 44 Installation on rear seat center
186. ically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well CAUTION e Turn off the interior personal and vanity mirror lights when you leave the vehicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 44 Instruments and controls VANITY MIRROR LIGHT if so equipped SIC0186 The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device The HomeLink Universal Transceiver power will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the igni tion switch has been turned to the off position HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems e ls powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures i e new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Unive
187. ically check the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire inflation pres sure and always keep it at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pressure for standard tires as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label For The 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire and Loading Information label location see Vehicle identification in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front axle and original tire used on the rear axle drive wheels Use tire chains only on the rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the original tire Replace the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire as soon as the tread wear indica tors appear Do not use the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer while the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed AA CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly on the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire and may cause damage to the ve hicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the Original tire ground
188. ide impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired e The supplemental front air bag and side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle e If you need to dispose of these supplemental systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Ser vice Manual Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury SEAT BELTS Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 23 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly en courages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Mo
189. ight Heater air conditioner and audio systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Manual WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or pos sibly fatal injuries to people or ani mals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up e Positioning of the heating or air con ditioning controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Fan control dial Temperature control dial Air flow control dial Air recirculation button Air conditioner button SAA0152B CONTROLS Fan control dial This dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial This dial allows you to select the air flow outlets j Air flows from center and side ventila tors Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets af Air flows mainly from foot outlets Sf Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets gy Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial This dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the
190. illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to ON and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about six seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened See Seat belts in the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section for pre cautions on seat belt usage a Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illu minate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supple mental front air bag and supplemental side air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt are operational Instruments and controls 2 13 If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag if so equipped and supplemental curtain side impact air bag if so equipped systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag light flashes inter mittently e The supplemental air bag light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly For additional information see Supplemental restraint system in
191. immediately open backward The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof occurs AA WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the sun roof Tilting the sunroof To tilt up first close the sunroof then press the lt side of the tilt switch To tilt down the sunroof press the lt _ side of the tilt switch Sun shade Open close the sun shade by sliding it backward forward Instruments and controls 2 41 INTERIOR LIGHTS if so equipped The shade will open automatically when the If the sunroof does not close sunroof is opened However it must be closed manually Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof OFF A WARNING XS 7 A e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and So child restraints Ceiling light e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out Luggage light of the opening while the vehicle is in motion or whi
192. in side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 19 Pre tensioner seat belt system For front seats AA WARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activa tion of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pre tensioner seat belt system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installa tion of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equip ment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle con tact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner sea
193. ine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer AQ CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Overdrive off indicator light Automatic transmission models only This light comes on during driving when the overdrive switch is pressed to prevent overdrive operation The O D OFF indicator light comes on for two seconds each time the ignition key is turned ON This shows the light is functioning properly If the O D OFF indicator light blinks for ap proximately 8 seconds after coming on for 2 seconds have your NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if necessary The automatic transmission is equipped with an electronic Fail Safe mode This system allows the vehicle to be driven even in the event of damage to the electrical circuits If this occurs the gears automatica
194. ing to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC TURE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see your NISSAN dealer for Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem service as soon as possible Please bring all Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Turn intermittent time control knob amp Intermittent A Low speed A High speed PULL to wash SIC1185B The windshield wiper and washer op
195. internal inju ries For most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Seat belts later in this section for precautions on seat belt usage After adjustment check to be sure the seat is securely locked ADJUST We PUSH to lower SSS0125 The center of the head restraint is level with the center of your ears f SSS0178 SSS0216 HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjust ment after someone else uses the seat To raise the head restraint just pull it up To lower push the lock knob and push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraints so the center is level with the center of your ears ARMREST if so equipped Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 9 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supple mental air bags front seat side impact supple mental air bags curtain side impact air bags and front seat pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system
196. ioner and audio systems 4 13 a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control counterclockwise to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other result ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound The radio has an FM Diversity reception system which employs two antennas if so equipped One is a rod type antenna the other is an antenna printed on the window This system automatically switches to the antenna with the best signal at a given moment For additional information see Antenna later in this section AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric
197. ip through programs The compact disc will ad vance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the j lt APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed ER PROG Program When the PROG button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern will change as follows 4 20 Heater air conditioner and audio systems no mark All the programs will be played repeat edly in sequence 1 Only one program the one being played when the PROG button is pushed will be repeated RANDOM Programs will be played at random not following the sequence on the compact disc The same program may be repeated twice When the compact disc is ejected the play pattern will automatically change to no mark amp CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the button is pushed twice consecutively the compact disc will be ejected further than when pushed once When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to pr
198. ipped SDI0333B WHEELS AND TIRES TIRE PRESSURE Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifica tions are shown on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label under the Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be check when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under in flation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 AA WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail sud denly and cause an accident The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire mal functions or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond
199. ires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires on four wheel drive models they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW or ALL SEASON tire on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains is prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to t
200. isesessiiirecitiieeniis iiaa i eaii 2 6 Outside temperature display 2 6 Compass display tssiuisccnnaian inmin 2 7 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 9 Checking bulbs 2 9 Warning lights wc 219 Indicator NIGMS eisian 2 14 Audible reminders 2 16 S c rity Syste M Sinana 2 17 Vehicle security SYSLOM cscs 2 17 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system c cscs 2 18 Windshield wiper and washer SWItCh cscs 2 19 Rear window wiper and washer SWItCH sessss1111 2 20 Glass hatch and outside mirror defogger switch 2 21 Headlight and turn signal SWItCH seen 2 22 Headlight switch Puri signal SWitCH 2accdissscisccasesestisasscsnesssatectsoassatzancineeates 2 24 Fog light switch if so equipped essences 2 25 Front fog light SWitOhinsessnennisinssnissnanas 2 25 Hazard warning flasher SWItCH scs sees 2 25 Horren eR ERE 2 26 Heated seats if so equipped sseessstsesseteseeneseeneteeees 2 26 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch if so equipped CloC kise Adjusting the timeni 2 28 Power outlet if so equipped sesseeesssesessteeesneseennteeees 2 28 Cigarette lighter and ashtray if so equipped 2 29 Storage 2 30 Luggage side console DOX sssissssrersssiiirnrrrissrrsissrrnnnse 2 34 Rear floor luggage CompartMent csesseeee 2 35 Luggage NOOKS sivisescscctcsectisaasaseantsiticcsscasesneiateastaatienanicis Cargo net if so equipped 1 ee
201. jam in the player e Do not use cassettes with labels which are peeling and loose If used the label could jam in the player e If a cassette has loose tape insert a pencil through one of the cassette hubs and rewind the tape firmly around the hubs Loose tape may cause tape jam ming and wavering sound quality e Over a period of time the playback head capstan and pinch roller may col lect a tape coating residue as the tape is played This residue accumulation can cause weak or wavering sound and should be removed periodically with a head cleaning tape If the residue is not removed periodically the player may need to be disassembled for cleaning Compact Disc CD player e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player com pletely e The player may skip while driving on rough roads e The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use COMPACT SAA0480 e Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging e Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight e CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work prop erly e The following CDs may not work prop erl
202. jury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to in stall child restraints If the child re straint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 31 SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then brush the webbing wipe it with a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are com pletely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be replaced CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AA WARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the ve hicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death e Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe acci dent The child could be
203. justments 3 3 Type A Driver s side Front passenger s side LOCK Lock f x Q SPA1443B Type B Driver s side LOCK UNLOCK lt l Front passenger s side lock po SPA0944C SPA0841 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped Operating the lock unlock switch will lock or unlock all doors including the back door simul taneously All door locks will be engaged when the power door lock switch is moved to the LOCK position with the driver s or front passenger s door open Then close the door and all doors will be locked Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the LOCK position with the key in the ignition and any door open all 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locking helps prevent doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the lever is in the lock position the rear door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors and acti vate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicle The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 1
204. ke system Tire pressures e When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accor dance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications Safety chains Always use a suitable chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations When wiring vehicle for towing connection connect stop and tail light pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed AA WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips e Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has a non standard nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving e Be certain you
205. key can be duplicated by your NISSAN dealer Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS keys The key number is necessary when you need extra Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System keys As many as 5 Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle New keys must be registered to the Nissan Vehicle Immo bilizer System components in your vehicle by your NISSAN dealer At this time you should bring all Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for regis tration This is because the registration process will erase all memory of the Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System components Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AA WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from uninten tionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents LOCK UNLOCK es VY D LOCKING WITH KEY Manual To lo
206. l away from the steering wheel or instru ment panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AA WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause in jury if the supplemental front air bag inflates Right after inflation several air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental front air bag sys tem This is to prevent accidental in flation of the air bag or damage to the air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag
207. l be tween programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button while playing tape and it stops at the next tape program for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the tape program is continued If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next tape program TAPE EJECT When this button is pushed with the tape loaded the tape will be ejected When the tape is ejected while it is being played the system will be turned off Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio or tape is already operating it will automatically turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc 8 cm diameter compact discs can also be used without an adapter LOAD LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less
208. l or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving af ter drinking alcohol increases the likeli hood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Addition ally if you are injured in the accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury Nissan is committed to safe driving But you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is consid ered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that s true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and offroad use However avoid driving in deep water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly de signed for leisure use unlike a conventional offroad vehicle Remember that two wheel drive models are less capable than four wheel drive models for rough Starting and driving 5 5 road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AA WARNING Drive carefully when of
209. l times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has Instruments and controls 2 47 been programmed into HomeLink
210. l while the system is off to call up the mode radio tape or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD or tape is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the Power Volume control dial turns the system off To turn the radio off press the Power Volume control dial Turn the Power Volume control dial to adjust the volume ceded MY Aa mor Awl bt ot BAS TRE gt FAD gt BAL TUNE DISC AN D Adjust to the desired levei Select the audio mode SAA0305 Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance To adjust BASS TRE Treble BAL Balance and FAD Fader press the AUDIO button until the desired mode BAS TRE FAD or BAL appears in the display Press the y or Z N button to adjust Bass BAS and Treble TRE to the desired level Use the y or Z N button also to adjust Fader FAD or Bal ance BAL modes FAD adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and BAL adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers After 10 seconds the radio or cas sette tape display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or cas sette tape display appears FM AM radio operation FM AM FM AM band select Pushing the FM AM band select button will change the band FM1 FM2 or AM When FM AM band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the
211. ld restraint anchor bracket eae comers point ee oe SSS0174B Anchor point locations Anchor points are located under the carpet of the rear luggage area floor When installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat for the first time consult your NISSAN dealer for details AA WARNING e The anchor bolt should be installed at all times to prevent the possibility of exhaust fumes entering the Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 43 passenger compartment through the holes See Precautions when start ing and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Move seat fully back SSS0300 INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT AA WARNING e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child 1 44 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a front facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat The three point belt in your vehicle is equipped with a locking mode retrac tor which must b
212. le the sunroof is clos f ing S AA CAUTION VS O e Remove water drops snow ice or OFF sand from the sunroof before open SICO564A e Do not place any heavy object on the When the switch is in the center position the sunroof or surrounding area lights will illuminate when a door or the back door is opened The lights have a three position switch 2 42 Instruments and controls The ceiling light will stay on for about 30 sec onds when e The driver s door is unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch when all doors are locked e The driver s door is opened and then closed without the key in the ignition switch e The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The ceiling light will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when e The driver s door is locked with the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch e The ignition switch is turned ON When the interior light switch or the personal light switch is in the ON position the interior personal and vanity mirror lights will automati cally turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position to save the battery To turn on the lights again insert the key into the ignition switch and move it to the ON position After the above procedure the interior personal or vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the following
213. lly engage and lock into 3rd gear See Driving the vehicle in the 5 Starting and driving section for failsafe before visiting your NISSAN dealer SLIP Slip indicator light if so equipped This indicator will blink when the VDC system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits ALO Transfer 4LO position indicator light EE model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON Instruments and controls 2 15 This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with ignition key in the ON position If the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position and the light blinks stop the vehicle drive slowly forward and the light will turn on When you shift between 4H and 4LO stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission selec tor lever to the N position and press the 4WD shift switch and move it in 4LO or 4H The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you have first stopped the vehicle and moved the automatic transmission shift lever to neutral Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other 3D Tur
214. lock cover O PUSH the release button SSD0111B 5 14 Starting and driving Shift lock release If the battery charge is low the select lever may not be moved from the P position even with the brake pedal depressed and the select lever button pushed To move the select lever remove the shift lock cover using a flat bladed screwdriver and push the shift lock release button and select lever button with the parking brake securely applied and the brake pedal firmly depressed The select lever can be moved to N Neutral To push the shift lock release button follow the procedure as illustrated If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have your NISSAN dealer check the automatic trans mission system as soon as possible AA WARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is de pressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Accelerator downshift In D position For rapid passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into second gear or first gear depending on the vehicle speed PUSH OFF ON SSD0106 Overdrive switch Each time your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive on ON For normal driving the overdrive switch is engaged The transmission i
215. ls Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Manual transmission All mode 4WD four wheel drive models Never tow All mode 4WD models with any of the wheels on the ground Part time four wheel drive models e Move the transfer case shift lever to the 2H position e Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Two wheel drive models Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neu tral position e Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission s internal parts e Always release the parking brake UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tire must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear Treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on tire wear rate when tested under controlled conditions on specified government test courses For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 How ever relative tire performance depen
216. lume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume MELA Memory change radio Tuning Push the tuning switch wy or A for less than 1 5 seconds to change the radio frequency channel Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch wy or A for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous FM AM radio station or satellite radio channel APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW tape or CD changer Push the tuning switch Vv or 3N for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval be tween programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location FF REW tape or CD changer Push the tuning switch wy or AQ for more than 1 5 seconds to rewind or fast forward the tape or to change the playing disc up or down To stop the FF or REW function press the switch you pushed for more than 1 5 seconds again ANTENNA Manual antenna The manual antenna on your vehicle remains in the upper position at all times The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna nut counterclockwise To install the anten
217. m or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the low tire pressure warning sys tem will not function properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device ON PAVEMENT AND OFFROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on pavement and offroad applica tions This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive ve hicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under offroad conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers particularly at high speeds As with other vehicles
218. mation 9 13 Tire and Loading Information label STI0370A specification label 7 fj T10229 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 9 14 Technical and consumer information AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is at tached as shown VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AA WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously in jured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and op tional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo e GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the un loaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weig
219. midity Corrosion will be accelerated e in areas of high relative humidity e especially in areas where the temperatures stay above freezing e where atmospheric pollution exists e where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint sur faces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors and tailgate open to avoid water accumula tion e Check the underbody If any sand dirt or salt is accumulated wash it off with water as soon as possible AA CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic com ponents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosion and the deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables flo
220. mission 5 7 5 11 Driving with manual transmission On pavement and offroad driving Part time four wheel drive 4WD Precautions when starting and driving Safety precautions Economy UCI scscccsccasscsscssaieigetaissanceastesesessstiectazstaccess Electric sunroof Emission control information label Emission control system warranty Engine Before starting the engine Break in schedule Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine coolant Changing engine oil Changing engine oil filter Checking engine coolant level Checking engine oil level Coolant temperature gauge Engine block heater 5 39 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system 8 8 Engine oil 8 11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine Oil viscosity ccesseseesteeseesteesteeseeseeseee Engine serial number Engine specifications If your vehicle overheats Starting the engine Event data recorders Exhaust gas Carbon Mmonoxide sscssseseeeees 5 2 F F M V S S certification label 9 13 Filter Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Changing engine oil filter 8 13 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Flatt IPS EEEE EEEE 6 2 Flat tire Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Flat tOWING sseesseesseesseesseesseesseesseesstessessstesessneesnseesees 9 22 Floor mat ClEAMING ssnstinin 7 4 Fluid
221. mpatible with your child Always follow all recommended proce dures All US states and Canadian provinces re quire that infants and small children be restrained in approved child restraints at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated AA WARNING e Improper use of a child restraint can result in increased injuries for both the infant or child and other occu pants in the vehicle e Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle e If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases e Adjustable seatbacks should be po sitioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible e After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Tilt it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again For a front facing child restraint if the seat position where it is installed has a three point type lap shoulder belt check to make sure the shoulder belt does not go in front of the child s face or neck If it doe
222. n AA CAUTION The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended 2 30 Instruments and controls STORAGE PUSH to open PULL to open SIC1449 SIC1735 TRAY COIN BOX if so equipped To open the box lightly push it once and draw it WARNING out The storage tray should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Do not place valuable items in the tray Do not use the box as an ashtray Do not place valuable items in the box SIC0557 SUNGLASSES HOLDER The sunglasses holder can be opened by push ing the button WARNING The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasses e Do not leave glasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses Instruments and controls 2 31 Front Type A Front h S ig a PUSH to open x Ta Front Front Type B FIT the protrusion Y into the groove to set SIC1585A SIC0553C CUP HOLDERS AA WARNING The cup holders should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking 2 32 Instruments and controls w
223. n signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on 2 16 Instruments and controls VDC ofr Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indi cates the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating When the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the vehicle dynamic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is op erating i e the vehicle dynamic control system may not be functioning properly Have the sys tem checked by your NISSAN dealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be can celed but the vehicle is still driveable For addi tional information see Vehicle dynamic control system VDC in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime The chime will sound when the driver side door is opened if the key is left in the ignition switch Take the ignition key when you leave the vehicle Light reminder chime The chime will sound when the front door is opened with the headlight switch on unless the ignition key is in the ignition switch Brake pad wear warning The dis
224. n the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the switch to the p position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights will flash Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving A WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flash Instruments and controls 2 25 ers while moving on the highway un less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traf fic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch either off or on 2 26 Instruments and controls HORN PRESS here to sound the horn SIC0987 HEATED SEATS if so equipped Driver s seat Front assist seat Indicator light SIC1463 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AA WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious per sonal injury The front seat s are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the instrum
225. n the life of your vehicle Failures caused by overloading are not covered by your warranty 9 18 Technical and consumer information TOWING A TRAILER Total trailer ioad Tongue load Tongue load _ x 100 9 to 11 Total trailer load CAO0009 Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer will place additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steer ing braking and other systems A Nissan Trailer Towing Guide US only is available from an authorized NISSAN dealer This guide includes information on trailer towing ability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight Towing loads greater than those specified or using improper towing equipment could ad versely affect vehicle handling braking and per formance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or in low traction situations for example on slip pery boat ramps AA WARNING Vehicle damage resulting from im
226. na rod turn the antenna nut clockwise Tighten the antenna rod to specification using a suitable tool such as an open end wrench The antenna rod tightening specification is 3 4 to 3 6 N m 30 to 32 in Ib Do not use pliers to tighten the antenna as they can leave marks on the antenna surface The antenna rod cannot be Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 hand tightened to the proper specification e To prevent damage be sure that e When cleaning the inside of the A CAUTION power antenna is fully retracted be windshield be careful not to scratch fore the vehicle enters an automated or damage the window antenna F car wash Lightly wipe along the antenna with a e Always properly tighten the antenna Pata dampened soft cloth rod during installation or the antenna e Dirt and other foreign matter on the rod may bend or break during vehicle power antenna rod may interrupt its operation operation Clean the rod periodically with a damp cloth This type of clean ing is especially important during the winter seasons in areas where road salt and other chemicals may be wash spread on road surfaces and splashed onto the antenna rod e To prevent damage be sure that manual antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automated car Power antenna The antenna will automatically extend when the Window antenna radio is turned on and retract when switched off The antenna pattern is printed inside the wind If the
227. nce or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 12 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION Vehicle identification number plate STIOO95 N Vehicle indentification number VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Chassis number VQ35DE ST10230 F M V S S certification label 8 STIOO96 Emission control information label 7 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle in formation such as Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Ve hicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown Technical and consumer infor
228. nce service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechani cal damage For additional information regarding tires re fer to Important Tire Safety Information in the Warranty Information Booklet US or Tire Safety Information in the Warranty In formation Booklet Canada Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion This may cause loss of pressure or damage the tire bead NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire if so equipped U S only Canadian vehicles are equipped with a full size spare tire Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AA WARNING The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used only for emer gency It should be replaced by the standard tire at the first opportunity Drive carefully while the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Period
229. nd Alaska or Canada Nissan automatic transmission fluid Dexron III Mercon or equivalent may also be used Outside the conti nental US and Alaska contact a NISSAN dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids including recommended brand s of Dexron Ill Mercon automatic transmission fluid If the vehicle has been driven for a long time at high speeds or in city traffic in hot weather or if it is being used to pull a trailer the fluid level cannot be read accu rately You should wait until the fluid has cooled down about 30 minutes VQ35DE Front side HOT 50 to 80 C 122 to 176 F ok Add Reverse side COLD 30 to 50 C 86 to 122 F Add SDI1209 POWER STEERING FLUID DI0187M Check the fluid level The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range on the dipstick at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range on the dipstick at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C Check the fluid level CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine Nissan PSF or equiva lent Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID AA WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch systems The use of improper fluids can affect the vehicle s stopping ability AA CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on painted sur faces This will dama
230. nd corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or ve hicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in Nissan vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling and hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels imme diately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any fuel additives i e fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel sys tem and engine Octane rating tips In most parts of North America you should use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number VO35DE engine However you may use un leaded gasoline with an octane rating as low as 85 AKI Anti Knock Index number in these high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m such as Colorado Montana New Mexico Utah Wyo ming northeastern Nevada southern Idaho western South Dakota western Nebraska and that part of Texas which is directly south of New
231. nd the use of syn thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight The company has also developed ways to build quality into its vehicles at each stage of the production process both through extensive use of automation and most importantly through an awareness that people are the central element in quality control From the time the parts arrived from our suppliers until you took delivery of your new Nissan dozens of checks were made to ensure that only the best job was being done in producing and delivering your vehicle NISSAN also takes great care to ensure that when you take your NISSAN to your dealer for maintenance the service technician will perform his work according to the quality stan dards that have been established by the factory Safety has also been built into your NISSAN As you know seat belts are an integral part of the safety systems that will help protect you and your passengers in the event of a sudden stop or an accident We urge you to use the seat belts every time you drive the vehicle The NISSAN story of growth and achievement reflects our major goal to provide you our cus tomer with a vehicle that is built with quality and craftsmanship a product that we can be proud to build and you can be proud to own NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer
232. ned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the engine or vehicle is not functioning prop erly the warning light will either remain illumi nated or blink See 4WD warning light in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUTION e If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by an authorized NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 12 Instruments and controls e Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads e in the AUTO or 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD e in the 4LO position stop the ve hicle move the automatic trans mission lever to the N position and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an authorized NISSAN dealer as soon as possible B Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel re maining in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E o This light warns of a low tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped NISSAN s low tire pressure warning system is a tire pressure monitoring system It monitors tire pressure of all tires excep
233. nformation ia SPA0408A SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 22 Ibs 10 kg to a single hook when securing cargo LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the FMVSS Certifi cation Label located on the driver s door center pillar e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR e Loads should be spread out and cargo should be properly secured Large or heavy objects should be placed toward the front of the cargo area to help prevent sliding or shifting AA WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts on your vehicle can break or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury e Overloading not only could shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous ve hicle handling and long braking dis tance This may cause a premature tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and personal in jury Malfunctions caus
234. ng system in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubri cant are required when servicing your NISSAN air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See Capacities and rec ommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for air con ditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recom mendation Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning system AA WARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equip ment AUDIO SYSTEM Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and press the power on switch to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position Radio reception may be affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter buildings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your radio system is equipped wit
235. nt out of reach of children and pets Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 VQ35DE Perform the following procedure to open the heater water cock e Turn the ignition key from OFF to ON e Move the heater or air conditioner tem perature control dial to the maximum hot position then turn the ignition key to OFF Open the radiator drain plugs and radiator Open the drain plugs on the engine block VQ35DE a WARNS Air releas plug pos aor Front LOOSEN l D een SDI1110 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ35DE Air release plug Pinch and pull up Open the air release plug s to drain the coolant Flush the cooling system by running fresh water through the radiator e Waste coolant must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations Close the radiator drain plugs and engine block drain plugs securely See the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section for cooling system capacity Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mixture of coolant and water Fill the reservoir tank slowly up to the MAX level Then install the radiator cap and close the air release plug s Start the engine and warm it up until it reaches normal operating temperature Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under no load Watch the coolant temperature gauge for signs of overheating Stop the engine After it completely cools down refill the radiator up t
236. nufacturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided If the child s seating position has a shoulder belt that fits close to the face or neck the use of a booster seat commercially available may help overcome this The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi tioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AA WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends
237. nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire placard Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the glove box lid In case of emergency 6 7 K I NAA 5 z Wheel nut wrench underjack wheels in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 5 Securely store the tire and jacking equipment Tightening torque of nuts in the vehicle as illustrated 48 to 66 ft lb 66 to 89 N m AA WARNING Use a suitable padlock e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop e The small size spare tire is designed for emergency use See Tires and 6 8 In case of emergency JUMP STARTING If you try to start your engine with a booster Type 8 designed to be inserted at an angle as battery follow the instructions and precautions T Wa shown below When stowing the 17 inch wheel remove the A WARNING cap pushing it from the inside of the wheel TURN clockwise to id D 2 install spare tire e If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pr
238. o adjust the seat lumbar area SPA0189 REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT Before folding down the seat put the buckle in its storage area in the seatback to avoid drop ping it under the seat cushion 1 6 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems PULL the strap 6 aes IC0371 Folding 1 Remove the head restraints 2 Pull the strap forward and fold the seat cushion up 3 Pull the lever and pull the seatback forward to fold it down 4 When resetting the seat be sure to install the head restraints AA WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in seri ous injury in an accident or sudden stop It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously in jured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide signifi cant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent
239. o antennas printed on the front windshield This system automatically switches to the antenna which is receiving The best signal at a given moment The tape deck employs a permalloy head which allows for improved reproduction of high fre quency ranges Noise is also greatly reduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR Noise Reduction system The auto loudness circuit enhances the low frequency range automatically in both radio reception and tape and CD play back ON OFF Volume control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the ON OFF VOL control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio tape or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD or tape is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob turns the system off To turn the radio off push the ON OFF VOL control knob Turn the ON OFF VOL control knob to adjust the volume AUDIO button BASS TREBLE FADER BALANCE and NR Dolby Push the AUDIO button to change the selecting mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADER gt BALANCE gt NR when cassette playing BASS To adjust BASS TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE push the AUDIO button until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADER or BALANCE appears in the display Push the TUNE or A button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the TUNE wv or A_ button also to adjust Fader or Balance
240. o eject the discs selected by the CD select button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it without 8 cm diameter com pact discs CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on SAA0451 STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped SAA0827 CD CARE AND CLEANING 4 28 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 1 Mode select switch if so equipped 2 Volume control switch up or down 3 Memory change seek and APS switch up 4 Memory change seek and APS switch down MODE select switch if so equipped Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the sequence of AM FM1 FM2 SAT1 SAT2 if so equipped CD autochanger and Tape Vo
241. o the filler open ing Fill the reservoir tank up the MAX level Check the radiator drain plug and engine block drain plugs for any sign of leakage ENGINE OIL VQ35DE RENA A axi aA j ZN aa G N SDI1114 VQ35DE Normal range SDI1141 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Rein sert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H and L marks If the oil level is below the L mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recom mended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil changes or during the break in period de pending on the severity of operating con ditions AA CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 Operating with insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself VOQ35DE Front E LOOSEN SDI1594 CHANGING ENGINE OIL Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Warm up the engine until it reaches operat ing
242. ocal regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from your NISSAN dealer Local ser vice operators are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AY WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck AA CAUTION e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing SCE0196 Two wheel drive models SCE0197B In case of emergency 6 13 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated AA CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies un
243. ock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel Instruments and controls 2 39 Main switch OPEN Automatically A close Automatically open 3 CLOSE a Ga SIC1893 Automatic operation For front windows To fully open or close front windows completely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just pull up or push down the switch toward the close or open side A light press on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released 2 40 Instruments and controls Auto reverse function For front windows If the control unit detects something caught in a front window as it moves up the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when a front window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs AA WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the win dow SUNR
244. ol If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN four wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a two wheel drive ve hicle The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as con ventional two wheel drive vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle cor rectly could result in loss of control and or a roll over accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slip pery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this sec tion for wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or side ways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent mainte nance may be required See Peri odic maintenance in the Service and Maintenance Guide IGNITION SWITCH Automatic transmission model OFF SSD0083 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION On automatic transmission models the ignition lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the selector le
245. om the holder e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury e The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the tonneau cover or items in the cargo area Remove the tonneau cover from the vehicle or secure it and any cargo Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged 2 38 Instruments and controls Bar B SIC1541 LUGGAGE RACK if so equipped The cross bars can be adjusted forward and backward Place your luggage between the bars A adjust the bars A and secure the luggage with rope to the bars A There are also adjust able loops on the side bars for the rope attach ment Always evenly distribute the luggage on the luggage rack Do not load more than 100 Ib 45 kg Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the Safety Compliance Certifica tion Label located on the driver s door pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR refer to 9 Technical and consumer information CAUTION Use care when placing or removing items from the luggage rack If you can not comfortably lift the items onto the luggage rack from the ground
246. or more details please refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Low tire pressure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section AA WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light comes on while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt brak ing reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the 6 2 In case of emergency tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the low tire pres sure warning system will not func tion Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Donot inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 3 Park on a level surfac
247. or pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas consult your local NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 5 MEMO 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements ssssssesssesssessssssssetseneens 8 2 General maintenance essesseessteceeseessetsseeeseeeseesseeeetenees 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance preCautiOns cect 8 5 Engine compartment check locations uo 8 7 Engine Cooling SYSteM scseseee 8 8 Checking engine coolant level Changing engine coolant aes Engine Ollen e a N Checking engine oil level eects Changing engine oil Changing engine oil filter Automatic transmission fluid Temperature conditions for checking 8 14 Power Steering fluid 8 15 Brake and Clutch fluid ssassn 8 16 Brake fluid rinn 8 16 CUR flid ieee naeia en 8 16 Window washer flUI ccesesesssesssssssesesessessssssssstsceses 8 17 Window washer fluid reservoir s sssssseseseseseseseseseeees 8 17 Batte cccosttiscsccocccecnssttsantsaedsassivrvastatanatvtuccsstudecnesivesnesastedannece 8 18 JUMP SLAMING siririn 8 18 Drive belts Spalk PIGS sssaaa te r EAEE 8 20 Replacing spark PlUgS neiii 8 20 Ait cleanaf siisii 8 20 Windshield wiper blades 8 21 Cleaning usses 8
248. ose loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses e After removing a rear seat head re straint for top tether installation store it securely to prevent it from causing injury to passengers or dam age to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Always re place it and adjust properly when top tether is no longer in use e The top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the tonneau cover or items in the cargo area Remove the tonneau cover from the vehicle or secure it and any cargo Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point provided behind its position First adjust the seatback so that it is upright Then secure the child restraint with the rear seat belt or the LATCH system outboard positions as applicable Remove the head restraint from the seatback Store it in a secure place Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instruction to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Chi
249. osed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tether for Children system This system may also be re ferred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system com patible child restraints Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the child restraint owner s manual If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 41 the seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors Some child restraints may also require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instruction
250. ot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the tem perature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood Do not open the hood until no further steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood A WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the cooling fan belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 6 12 In case of emergency AA WARNING e Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belt e The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant tempera ture is high 7 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and l
251. otect it Except 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 1 CD LOAD button SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK CHANGE button ON OFF VOLUME control knob SCAN tuning button AUTO P Automatic preset button CD play button TAPE play button RADIO Mode select button 9 PTY Program type CAT Category button 10 RPT repeat DISP Display play button sa 11 AUDIO BASS TREBLE FADER BALANCE 1 DISCRANDOM AUTOP ay S E and NR Dolby button ELITE E 12 CD EJECT button 13 RADIO TUNE FF REW AUDIO Bass treble fader balance ADJUSTING button 14 Station and preset FM AM SAT CD insert or CD play select button 15 TAPE EJECT button N N gt o D N 9 10 1312 ONDINA w SAA0616 4 22 Heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM SATELLITE RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER CD CHANGER Satellite radio reception capability is not func tional and NO SAT will be displayed while scrolling through audio modes unless optional satellite receiver and antenna were installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active For information on satellite radio contact a NISSAN dealer Audio main operation Head unit The radio has an FM diversity reception system which employs tw
252. owing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated AA CAUTION Never tow All mode 4WD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive dam age to the transfer case 6 16 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle AA WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged ae sae Le vehicle Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the hook at an angle l e Always pull the cable straight out a ee from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems DO Ss USE for towing Tie down only SCE0138 e Pulling devices such as ropes or can vas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery AA CAUTION e Use the towing hook only not other parts of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Use the towing hook only to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle for a long dis tance using only the towing hook e The towing hook is under tremen dous force when used to free a stuck In case of emergency 6 17 MEMO 6 18 In case of emerg
253. perature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL 5W 30 PREFERRED TI1028 C SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in this NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant Nissan A C System Oil Type S or the exact equivalents AA CAUTION The use of any other refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will re quire the replacement of all air condi tioning system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition Technical and consumer information 9 7 ing system service Your NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact your NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioning system 9 8 Technical and consumer information SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model Type Cylinder arrangement VQ35DE Gasoline 4 cycle 6 cylinder V slanted at 60
254. proper towing procedures is not cov ered by NISSAN warranties A NISSAN Trailer Towing Guide U S only contain ing information on trailer towing ability and the special equipment required may be obtained from an authorized NISSAN dealer Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11 of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specifications Chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load oa PITT Gross vehicle weight roles O gt CPO PE r5 Gross axle weight Maximum gross vehicle weight maximum gross axle weight A CA0036 The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S certification label The gross vehicle weight equals the com bined weight of the unloaded vehicle passen gers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not exceed the gross axle weight rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S certification label Technical and consumer information 9 19 TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART TOWING SAFETY TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Trailer hitch Unit Ib kg Vasse Gil Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and MODEL PATHFINDER VQ35DE 6 Cyl trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is avail
255. quick heating cooling or defrosting The air recirculation switch should always be in the off position for heating and defrosting Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 DEFROSTING DEFOGGING 4 Air passed through heater core Temperature Fan control dial control dial Air flow control dial N 4 6 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Air recirculation Air co button button AIC ele Air switch recirculation control button R HOT a EF RIGHT nditioner Temp Fan control control SAA0154A HEATING No air at center vents Air passed through heater core Temperature Fan control dial control dial Air flow control dial Air conditioner button Air control Air recirculation button A C Alr itch recirculation SWG button Temp control Fan control HOT OFF i ae a HEATING Heated air at center vents 4 Air passed through heater core Fan control dial Temperature control dial Air flow control dial Air recirculation button Air recirculation button Air conditioner button Air Temp Fan control control control OFF HOT RIGHT SAA0156A COOLING lt Air not passed through heater core Fan control dial Temperature control dial Air recirculation button AIC Air switch recirculation button Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 Air conditioner button Air Temp
256. r Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically e g each time you check the engine oil or refuel Automatic transmission fluid level Check the level after putting the selector lever in P Park with the engine idling Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Be sure to wait a few minutes to allow the oil to drain back into the sump Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately locate the trouble and correct it See Precau tions when starting and driving in the 5 Start ing and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the
257. r one minute without de pressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is re leased from the booster Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 If the brakes do not operate properly have the brake checked by your NISSAN dealer 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself FUSES Front N ENGINE COMPARTMENT CAUTION SDI0395 Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition key and the headlight switch are OFF Open the engine hood Remove the fuse box cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse mo a fF WwW ND If a new fuse opens again have the electrical system checked and repaired by your NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts SDI1169 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition key and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull to open the fuse box cover coin tray 3 P
258. r rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops e Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed e Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so and if your vehicle is equipped with automatic transmission first block the wheels and apply the parking brake and then move the trans mission selector lever into the P position If you move the selector lever to the P position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur Technical and consumer information 9 21 When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overload ing and or overheating However for long steep grades do not stay in 1st or 2nd gear when
259. radio is left on the antenna will retract and ek shield extend with the ignition key OFF ON operation CAUTION A CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the windshield or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise e Before turning the radio on make sure that there is no one near the antenna outlet and there is enough space for it to extend 4 30 Heater air conditioner and audio systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or CB ham radio in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the Engine control system and other electronic parts AA WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so AA CAUTION Keep the antenna as far as possible away from the Engine Control Mod ule ECM Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the Multiport Fuel Injection harness Do not rou
260. riding positions are shown in the previous illustra tions Preteens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible SSS0099 e Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side or curtain side impact air bags if so equipped inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be prop erly restrained in the rear seat if pos sible e Also never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could se riously injure or kill your child For additional information see Child re straints later in this section SS0100 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 13 Do not lean against the door SSS0101 Do not lean against the door SSS0188 AA WARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped e The supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a fron tal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The seat belts the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great
261. riod the door is unlocked by the key or keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not activate If the key is turned slowly toward the front of the vehicle when locking the door the system may not activate If the key is returned beyond the vertical po sition toward the rear of the vehicle to remove the key the system may be deactivated When the indicator light does not illuminate for 30 seconds un lock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will acti vate with all doors hood back door and back door glass hatch locked and igni tion key off Turn the ignition key to ACC to turn the system off Instruments and controls 2 17 Vehicle security system operation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after 1 minute however the alarm will reactivate if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door back door or back door glass hatch without using the key or keyfob Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm is activated e Opening the hood Even if the hood is opened by the hood release handle the alarm is activated e Opening the back door glass hatch e Connecting the battery connector after it has been disconnected from the batte
262. rsal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For addi tional information refer to Programming HomeLink later in this section A WARNING HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Do not use the HomeLink Universal PROGRAMMING HomeLink es Transceiver with any garage door i gt opener that lacks safety stop and ia program am ee esei to oper A Te reverse features as required by fed a garage door gate or entry coor opener l saf tandard h t home or office lighting you need to be at the pra as et S These stan same location as the device Note Garage door ae dards became effective for opener openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling ae J models manufactured after April 1 code protection To program a garage door 1982 A garage door opener which opener equipped with rolling code protection cannot detect an object in the path of you will need to use a ladder to get up to the a closing garage door and then auto garage door opener motor to be able to access matically stop and reverse does not the smart or learn program button SIC2019 meet current federal safety stan 1 To begin press and hold the 2 outer dards Using a garage door opener HomeLink buttons to clear the memory without these features increases the until the indicator light blinks slowly after 20 risk of serious injury or death seconds Release both buttons e During programming your garage 2 Position the end
263. rugs e Always observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi tions e Always use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e Always provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e Always review this Owner s Manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for four wheel drive models a KEZ mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for offroad use failure to operate four wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident For additional in formation see Driving your four wheel drive safely in the 5 Starting and driv ing section ON PAVEMENT AND OFFROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for offroad use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident For additional information see On pavement and offroad driving precau tions and Avoiding collision and roll over in the 5 Starting and driving section MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modi fication could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate
264. ry for more than 1 second How to stop alarm The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door the back door or the back door glass hatch with the key or keyfob The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON 2 18 Instruments and controls The alarm may be activated when the glass hatch is opened quickly with a key after the alarm has been set If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by your NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key for ex ample when interference is caused by another Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key an au tomated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN recommends placing the registered Nissan Ve hicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key r
265. s put the shoul der belt behind the child restraint If you must install a front facing child restraint in the front seat see later in Child restraints for installation on front passenger seat e When your child restraint is not in use store it in the trunk or keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident AA CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left ina closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 33 Front facing Front Front facing SSS0304 Front facing INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT CENTER POSITION Front facing When you install a child restraint in a rear center seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat as illustrated The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the re straint manufacturer s instructions 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing 1 34 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 3 Remove all slack in the lap belt for a very tight fit by pulling forcefully on the lap belt adj
266. s sssssssissssseerrsssee 3 10 Glass Hathon iiis diiis 3 11 Opener operation if so equipped sss issssssisssese 3 11 Key OparatioNas senna i Fuel filler lid Opener operation Fuel filler cap Steering Wheel isinisisi THE OPOPAtlON ressesie SUN VISOMS sete Using the sun visors Mitr cesses Inside mirr ON se coc ies es csc cseccccssvesssaatsccecccccsuecuesueaersceeceenctas OUTSIDE MINORS ginn Automatic drive POSitiOne la cscs 3 17 Memory storage FUNCTION utc 3 18 Entry exit function System operation Cancel Swit Chis sc isciccsstsssce ccontssitissciniinem natsmionaiainn KEYS Master keys black c fo Key number plate With built in transponder chip SPA1401 You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The keys can be used for the door back door or glove box locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Record the key number on the key number plate supplied with your keys and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle NISSAN does not record any key number so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this
267. s down rapidly You can check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly 1 28 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems forward The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about belt operation see your NISSAN dealer Shoulder belt height adjustment For front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best suited for you see Precautions on Seat Belt Usage earlier in this section To adjust pull the release buttons then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the shoul der Release the adjustment buttons to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AA WARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in po sition e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SPA0531 Seat belt hook When the rear seat belt is not in use hook it at the belt hook Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 29 CENTER marks ICO589 INSERT to wa WA SSS0103 TWO POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITHOUT R
268. s in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices while filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid AA CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage e Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the ch mal function indicator lamp MIL to illu minate If the SNF lamp illuminates SOON because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENF lamp should turn off after a few Soon z SERVICE driving trips If the n lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an au thorized NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS LOSS SPA0234 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while TILT OPERATION refueling While pushing down on the lock lever adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired posi tion Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place AY WARNING Do not adjust the ste
269. s in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install a LATCH system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments in the rear seat follow these steps AA WARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH system an chors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH system anchors are obstructed 1 To install the LATCH system compatible child restraint adjust the height of the child re straint LATCH system anchor attachments to the anchor points on the seat 2 Insert the anchor attachments into the anchor points If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child re straint later in this section for installation instructions 3 After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is se curely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 4 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use 1 42 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Top strap SSS0310 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT AA WARNING e The child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only th
270. s the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use sixth gear manual transmission or fifth posi tion automatic transmission Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking ef ficiency When towing a trailer the transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a ve hicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home AA CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lu brication e For emergency towing procedures re fer to Towing Recommended by NISSAN in the 6 In case of emer gency section of this manual Automatic transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive whee
271. s the transfer lever and move it to the desired 4L or 4H position From 4H or 4L to 4L or 4H Stop the vehicle From 2H to 4L Depress the clutch pedal Depress the transfer lever and move it to 4L Change gears quickly and smoothly Stop the vehicle From 4L to 2H Depress the clutch pedal Depress the transfer lever and move it to 2H Starting and driving 5 23 TO SHIFT TRANSFER CASE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION MODELS SHIFT PROCEDURE Move the transfer lever to 4H This can be done at any speed up to 50 MPH 80 km h and it is not necessary to move the selector lever From 2 ae to the N position Perform this operation when driving straight Move the transfer lever to 2H This can be done at any speed up to 50 MPH 80 km h and it is not necessary to move the selector lever MOT AEO AR to the N position Perform this operation when driving straight 1 Stop the vehicle From 4H or 4L to 4L or Keep the engine running 4H Move the selector lever to the N position Depress the transfer lever and move it to the desired 4L or 4H position Stop the vehicle Keep the engine running Move the selector lever to the N position Depress the transfer lever and move it to 4L Change gears quickly and smoothly From 2H to 4L Stop the vehicle Keep the engine running Move the selector lever to the N position Depress the transfer lever and move it to 2H From 4L to 2H When moving the
272. s up shifted into overdrive as the vehicle speed increases The overdrive does not engage until the engine has warmed up OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advan tageous push the overdrive switch The O D OFF light illuminates When cruis ing at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts be tween 3rd and overdrive repeatedly In this case press the overdrive switch The O D OFF indicator light comes on at this time When driving conditions change press the over drive switch again The O D OFF indicator light goes out Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the O D OFF light illuminated This reduces the fuel economy Fail safe When the Fail safe operation occurs the next time the key is turned to the ON position the O D OFF light will blink for approximately 8 seconds after coming on for 2 seconds While the vehicle can be driven under these circum stances please note that the gears in the auto matic transmission may be locked in third gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the Fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The v
273. securely Fuel filler cap holder SPA1771 FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Tighten the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard AA WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seri ously injured if it is misused or mis handled Always stop the engine and Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refu eling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possible per sonal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refuel ing may cause fuel over flow result ing in fuel spray and possibly a fire Only use an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system An in correct cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction in dicator lamp to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or ga
274. ser voir do not drive until the brake sys tem has been checked at a NISSAN dealer If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check Charge warning light the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see your NISSAN dealer immediately AA CAUTION Do not continue driving if the belt is loose broken or missing 4 This light comes on when any of the doors and or rear window are not closed securely while the ignition key is ON Door open warning light Sz Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The oil pressure warning light is not de signed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Instruments and controls 2 1 1 CAUTION Running the engine with the oil pres sure warning light on could cause seri ous damage to the engine almost imme diately Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so AWD 4WD warning light gaz model The four wheel drive warning light comes on when the key switch is tur
275. set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be cancelled In that case reset the desired stations AUTO P Automatic preset button To select the preset FM AM SAT or PTY station channel push the AUTO P button for less than 1 5 seconds To preset the FM AM SAT or PTY station channel push the AUTO P button for more than 1 5 seconds PTY Program type Category CAT button When PTY button is pressed during FM mode the PTY name of the current tuned station is displayed When the PTY CAT button is pressed during satellite radio mode the cat egory name of the current channel is displayed During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE 1 PTY CAT selection mode PTY CAT name selection can be done by the up down TUNE button A or w inthe PTY CAT selection mode After selecting a PTY CAT name push the TUNE button wy or A _ within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY CAT station will start If you do not push the TUNE button within the 10 second period the PTY CAT mode will be canceled It is possible to shift the PTY CAT name by one step with one push of the up down tuning button AC or vy PTY name selection can also be achieved by pressing the preset buttons Initial PTY names are stored in the preset but tons but these can be changed by pressing the pres
276. several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed CD PLAY button To change CD push the CD play select button 1 to 6 SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will be played for 10 seconds in sequence When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the first program in all the CDs will be played for 10 seconds Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next disc program RPT REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL CD RPT 1CD RPT 1TR Track RPT E 1CD MIX ALL CD MIX DISPLAY CD TEXT To indicate the CD mode text push the PTY Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 button during CD playing To change the indicated text push the PTY button The text will change as follows C OFF Disc title Track an If the text is more than 11 letters push the AUTO P button to display the remaining text CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected T
277. signed to meet optional certification re quirements under U S regulations They are also permitted in Canada The optional certification allows front air bags to be designed to inflate somewhat less forcefully than previously How ever all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle dam age or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental air bag operation When the supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts helps to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practica
278. sponsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks require minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer your NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and tuned by NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that your NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements of your ve hicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have your NISSAN dealer check it promptly In addi tion you should notify your NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Mainten
279. ssible e Avoid unnecessary engine idling e Keep your engine tuned up e Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule e Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres sure Low pressure will increase tire wear and waste fuel e Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment will cause increased tire wear and lower fuel economy e Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary e When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag CZE Use 4H or 4L position only when necessary Four wheel drive operation lowers fuel economy USING PART TIME FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD DEPRESS SSD0128 2H 2WD high range Only the rear wheels are driven Use for driving under the same conditions as standard 2WD vehicle or state dynamometer I M testing 4H 4WD high range Four wheels are driven Use when driving on roads where it is difficult to drive in the 2H position i e driving at normal speeds on snow covered icy wet muddy or sandy roads The 4H position provides greater power and traction Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperature and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 50 MPH 80 km h in 4H are not recom mended 4L 4WD low range Four wheels are driven Use when climbing or
280. st states provinces or territories re quire that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven AA WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint e The belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint systems and increase the chance or severity of injury in an 1 24 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible around the hips not the waist A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is se curely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its ef fectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same belt Never carry more people in the ve hicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and
281. sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 5 If it is not secure try to tighten the belt again or put the restraint in another seat 6 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use 1 36 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT OUTBOARD POSITIONS Front facing AA WARNING e The three point belt on your vehicle is equipped with a locking mode re tractor which must be used when installing a child restraint e Failure to do so will result in the child restraint not being properly secured It could tip over or otherwise be un secured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Adjust the head restraint to its highest position or remove it if the child restraint uses a top tether strap Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Front facing lt 7 INSERT to fasten SSS0253 Front facing f Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for belt routing 3
282. switch is turned to the OFF position and turn to the paz or zD posi tion again CAUTION e When you turn on the headlight switch after the lights automatically turn off the lights will not turn off automatically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time otherwise the battery will go dead e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for ex tended periods of time BRIGHTEN os DARKEN SIC0922 Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control operates when the light switch is in the Auto paz or ZD position Turn the control dial to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights When the control is turned upward until a click sound is heard the light intensity will be at maximum When the control is turned downward until a click sound is heard or felt the light will be turned off Type A Headlight beam selector Flashing switch High beam Low beam Flashing Type B Headlight beam selector passing signal switch High beam Low beam Passing signal SIC1939 Headlight beam select To select the high beam push the lever forward Pull it back to select the low beam Instruments and controls 2 23 Passing signal Pulling the lever toward you will turn on the passing signal even when the headlight switch is off Daytime running light system Canada
283. system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel as sembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad above the dash board or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Work around and on the supplemen tal front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installa tion of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The yellow and orange Supplemental Restrain System SRS wiring and connectors should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the air bag system A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect inflation of the supple mental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 17 When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual SSS0190 Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems if so equipped The supplemental side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These
284. t after the selector lever is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a mal function CAUTION When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or revers ing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD or AUTO ensure the vehicle speed is less than 50 MPH 80 km h Failure to do so can damage the 4WD sys tem Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving Engine idling speed is high while warming up the engine Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces with the 4WD shift switch set in AUTO SSD0141 4WD shift indicator light The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the tachometer The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON While the engine is running the 4WD shift indicator light will illuminate the position se lected by the 4WD shift switch e The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on If the indicator light does not Starting and driving 5 29 come on immediatel
285. t belt system activates in conjunction with the supplemental front air bag Working with the seat belt retrac tor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts 1 20 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful but care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner seat belt system the supplemental air bag warn ing light 2 will not come on will flash inter mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual WARNING SRS AIR BAG The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors WARNING SRS SIDE AIR BAG The warning l
286. t designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use only one power outlet at a time e Use this power outlet with the engine running If the engine is stopped this could result in a discharged bat tery e Avoid using when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defogger is on e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure to turn off the power switch of electrical accessory being used or the ACC power of the vehicle e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may blow e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the socket CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAY if so equipped PUSH to heat PULL to remove AS PUSH to open to remove Instruments and controls 2 29 The cigarette lighter element is an accessory A genuine NISSAN cigarette lighter unit can be purchased from your local NISSAN dealer The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON Push the lighter in all the way When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use AA WARNING The cigarette lighter should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operatio
287. t from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury 5 2 Starting and driving EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide AA WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they con tain colorless and odorless carbon mon oxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the en gine running for any extended length of time Keep the back door and glass hatch closed while driving otherwise ex haust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the back door or glass hatch Open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation switch OFF and the fan control at 4 high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the back door or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufacturer s rec ommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Some recreational vehicle appli ances such as stoves
288. t the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See your NISSAN dealer if you need any assis tance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch a circuit board and a battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water proof however if it does get wet immediately wipe com pletely dry e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device HOOD SPA1375 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly 2 Raise the lever at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Insert the assist bar into the slot in the front edge of the hood 4 When closing the hood
289. t the spare When the tire pressure monitoring system warn ing light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire information placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s han dling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended inflation pres sure as specified in the vehicle placard and owner s manual The recommended inflation pressure may also be found on the Tire and Loading Information label Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the light will illuminate Also a chime will sound for about 10 seconds For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section AA WARNING e If the light does not come on with the key switch turned ON have the ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the light comes on while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as
290. talyst Tilting steering wheel Tire Flat tire Low tire pressure warning system Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Tire and loading information label 8 33 9 13 Tire labeling 8 34 Uniform tire quality grading 9 23 Tires SS PANS TRS sense anana Tire chains Tire pressure 8 31 Tire rotation 8 3 8 37 Types of tires Wheel tire size Wheels and tires 10 6 TONAU COVED sciiaieisccstcsascodsicsacsensadsccissasecsaetaarcanstsarts 2 37 Top tether strap child restraints 1 42 Towing Tow truck towing Towing a trailer Towing load specification chart Towing safety Trailer towing Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 44 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 23 5 25 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Driving with automatic transmission 5 7 5 11 Driving with manual transmission 5 8 5 16 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 14 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 3 5 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 9 12 Turn signal switch 2 24 U Underbody Cleaning scsaisisstcossestccatccssstsietsascicettentenceastas 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading oe 9 23 v Vanity fior GW ssscoescaceseesessecosssssosnsiecstccsrtercasesstszess 2 44 Vehicle Dimensions and weights Identification number VIN Loading information Recovery freeing
291. tape loaded the compact disc or the radio will automatically be turned off and the tape will play e When the TAPE button is pushed while the tape is being played the tape side will be changed IN NY FF Fast Forward REW Rewind Push the N fast forward button to fast forward the tape To rewind the tape push the rewind button Either the FF or REW symbol illuminates on the right side of the display window To stop the FF or REW function press the A fast forward or y rewind again or the TAPE button MILA APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the A APS FF button is pushed while the tape is being played the next program will start to play from the beginning Push the ZA APS FF button several times to skip through programs The tape will advance the number of times the button is pushed up to nine programs When the M APS REW button is pushed once the program being played starts over from the beginning Push the APS REW but ton several times to skip back several selections The tape will go back the number of times the button is pushed Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on the right side of the display window while searching for the selection This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval 4 26 Heater air conditioner and audio systems within one program or there is no interva
292. tch and outside mirror defogger Glass hatch lock Glass hatch OPENEN siisii 3 11 Glove box Glove box lock H Hazard warning flasher SWItCh sssssssssssssssssssssssse 2 25 Head restraints siinse 1 9 Headlights Bulb replacement Headlight switch Heated SOAS aiscassccsscssscdscisaieigensacssnceastssnseseresectazenascess 2 26 Heater Engine coolant heater Heater and air conditioner controls Heater operation Heater and air conditioner Type A Heater and air conditioner Type B HomeLink Universal Transceiver Hood release Hook Luggage hook Ignition switch Automatic transmission models Key positions Manual transmission models Immobilizer system Indicator lights Inside mirror Inspection maintenance I M test Instrument brightness control ccceseeseeseesseeesees 2 23 Instrument panel Interior lights i ISOFIX Child restraints cc ccccastctieteastantranositas 1 41 J Jump Starting sc ciccscceststscsesccsceccscacassceccoattaeissasesccesiersates 6 9 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry Systemie ea a sage ceteareaeettees 3 5 KoySia n E ADRS 3 2 L Label Air conditioner specification label Label Emission control information label Label F M V S S certification label Labels Air bag warning labels Engine serial number Vehicle identification number VIN LATCH system Light Air bag warning light cscs
293. te the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manu facturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an authorized NISSAN dealer Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 31 MEMO 4 32 Heater air conditioner and audio systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and TriVing sess 5 2 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide m Three way catalyst iiisssiiiinnnssmnsninisenis 5 3 Low tire pressure warning system if so SUPPEA ernpu S 5 3 On pavement and offroad driving precautions 5 4 Avoiding collision and rollover Drinking alcohol drugs and driving Driving safety precautions gi ignition SW C Risener Automatic transmission ssssss reressoosrerrreresrssrnnrrersrennnnn Manual transSMiSSiOn sssrinin 5 8 Key DOSIEOMS ccs ies ccts seen castes sev ctsreaiceearaacrsieaccshevmecsessttys 5 9 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system a Before starting the engine sssssssssscssssssesssseise Starting the Gngime sisicssscsisicscoasssstssiesssaisasssssesvaissassstsatieanee Driving the Veh IClG siiis Automatic transMiSSiON wesc Manual transmission Parking Drakons Cruise control if so equipped ss isssesiirssessrirseseei Precautions on cruise control vse Cruise control operations 0 cesses Break In sched le scccccsicssctatteccettseccesoustisrgitvenseneseisesdeteee
294. temperature and then turn it off and wait more than 10 minutes 3 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 4 Remove the oil filler cap 5 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See later in this section for changing engine oil filter A amp A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly e Check your local regulations 6 Clean and re install the drain plug and new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary AA WARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may
295. ter loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio or tape is already operating it will automatically turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc 8 cm diameter compact discs can also be used without an adapter CD CHG PLAY When the CD CHG button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD CHG button is pushed with the compact disc loaded but the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play 6 4 gt gt lt lt FF Fast Forward REW Rewind When the p fast forward or lt q rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed 3 7 gt gt I PP APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the ppi APS FF button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to sk
296. than 1 5 seconds And select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display CD6 PLay When the CD6 button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD6 button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded but the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play ANI N FF Fast Forward REW Rewind When the N fast forward or y rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed NIIN APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the A APS FF button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will ad vance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the M APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push
297. than that of non studded snow tires 3 TIRE CHAINS may be used if desired Make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before install ing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to Starting and driving 5 37 the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are de termined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Do not use
298. the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS High mounted stop light Interior light Personal light Headlights License plate light Front fog light Rear combination light Front combination light Turn signal stop tail and back up Turn signal and parking SDI1439 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 HEADLIGHTS The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb A bulb can be replaced inside the engine compart ment without removing the headlight assembly AA CAUTION Headlights SS Rubber cap e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped e When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope Removing the headlight bulb 1 Disconnect the battery negative cable 2 Disconnect the electrical connector from the PUSH rear end of the bulb then remove 3 Pull off the rubber cap 4 Push and turn the retaining pin to loosen it 5 Remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it Retaining pin SDI1126 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself 6 Install the new bulb in t
299. the tail light headlight instrument light and other lights turn on automatically depending on the brightness of the surroundings The headlight will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position and the driver s or front passenger s door is opened The headlight will also automatically turn off 45 seconds after a front door is opened and closed When the light switch is turned to the zpaz position the headlight low or high beam will turn off Turn the switch to the paz position The side combination tail license plate and instrument lights will come on Turn the switch to the 40 position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Photo sensor for autolight S Front SIC1573A Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top right hand side of the instrument panel The photo sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Battery saver system e When the headlight switch is in the paz or Z0 position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights including the front fog light will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position e When the headlight switch remains in the spa or 22 position after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will turn on when the headlight
300. the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When driving on rough roads e Set the 4WD shift switch to AUTO 4H or 4LO e Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck e Place stones or wooden blocks under the tires to free the vehicle e Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO e If it is difficult to free the vehicle repeat 5 28 Starting and driving forward and backward movement to increase the movement e f the vehicle is stuck deep in mud tire chains may be effective AA CAUTION e Do not increase the tire rotation ex cessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle e Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction 4WD shift switch operations e Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD AUTO 4H or 4LO position depending on driving conditions SSD0182 e With the switch set to the AUTO position distribution of torque to the front and rear wheels changes automatically depending on road conditions encountered ratio O 100 2WD 50 50 4WD This results in improved driving stability e If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or deceler ating or if the key switch is turned off while in the AUTO 4H or 4LO you may feel a jerk This is not abnormal e When the vehicle is stopped after mak ing a turn you may feel a slight jol
301. the AUTO or 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD e in the 4LO position stop the ve hicle move the automatic trans mission lever to the N position and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an authorized NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly Starting and driving 5 31 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS Gy Downi waitin con 1 Firmly apply the parking brake O Uphill with curb 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place a SSD0067 AA WARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CEZ The transfer shift lever must be in the 2H 4H or 4L position and the parking brake must be set to prevent the vehicle from rolling e Never place the transfer shift lever in 5 32 Starting and driving the N position otherwise the vehicle could roll unexpectedly even if the manual transmission is in gear or the automatic transmission is in the P position This could result in serious personal injury or property damage Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Never leave children unattended in the vehi
302. the chains on dry roads some overstress When driving on clear paved roads be sure to change to 2WD For four wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels AA CAUTION ONLY use spare tires specified for each four wheel drive model SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AA WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have a lot less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on e Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts slippery roads e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser e Watch for slippery spots glare ice voir tank These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded are
303. the vehicle Be sure to shift the 4WD shift switch after the auto matic transmission lever has been shifted to the N position If the indicator light keeps blinking after the 4WD shift proce dure in the previous page drive slowly without abrupt maneuvers for a while Then the light will turn on or off e Avoid making a turn or abrupt starts while shifting to 4LO Otherwise gears may grind damaging the drive system 2 Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are four types of drive modes available AUTO 2WD 4H and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD AUTO 4H and 4LO You must push the switch in to select 4LO and the vehicle MUST be stationary and the automatic transmission selector lever is in the N position when changing into or out of 4LO AA WARNING When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpect edly move even if the automatic trans mission is in the P position CAUTION e Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving e The 4H position provides greater power and traction
304. them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 7 unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched po sition If they are not completely se cured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Adjust Pull Gy P or Reclining if so equipped ICO385 Pull the reclining lever and position the seat back at the desired angle Release the reclining lever after positioning the seat at the desired angle The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked 1 8 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems AA WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious
305. ther objects AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER The automatic drive positioner system has two features e Memory storage function e Entry exit function M008 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 SPA1164 MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION Two positions for the driver s seat can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Set the shift selector lever to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Adjust the driver s seat to the desired posi tions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional information see Seats in the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments During this step do not turn the ignition to any positions other than ON Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the selected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Confirming memory storage e Turn the ignition ON and push the SET switch If the main memory
306. to LOCK while pushing the key in SSD0082C MANUAL TRANSMISSION The switch includes an anti theft steering lock device The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the ignition key to LOCK from ACC or ON first turn the key to OFF and turn the key to LOCK while pushing the key in In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left AY WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is at this position OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position activates the starter motor starting the engine
307. to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AA WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constitu ents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids con tained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor nia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm 2003 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd Welcome To The World Of NISSAN NISSAN TECHNICAL CENTER NORTH AMERICA INC in Farmington Hills Michigan NISSAN MANUFACTURING FACILITY in Smyrna Tennessee WFW0002 Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedication to produce the finest in safe reliable and economical transportation Your vehicle is the product of a successful worldwide company that manufactures cars and trucks in over 17 countries and distributes them in 170 nations NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufactured by Nissan Motor Co Ltd which was founded in Tokyo Japan in 1933 and NISSAN affiliates world wide collectively growing to b
308. to the 4LO position or out of 4LO into the 4H position move the automatic transmission selector lever into the N position Shift the selector lever into the P position and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is ON and the ATP warning light is OFF O or BRAKE This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Brake warning light Parking brake indicator The light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition key is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake and clutch fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 If the brake fluid level is correct Have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AA WARNING e Your brake system may not be work ing properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for re pairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as greater pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the MIN mark on the brake fluid re
309. ton is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station channel last played The last station channel played will also come on when the ON OFF knob is pushed to ON If a compact disc or tape is playing when the RADIO mode select button is turned to ON the compact disc or tape will automatically be turned off and the last radio station channel played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception Satellite radio mode if equipped with optional factory installed satellite receiver and antenna retrofit unavailable and with an active XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription To select the satellite radio mode SAT1 or SAT2 push the RADIO mode select button until SAT1 or SAT2 appears on the display VW AN TUNE Tuning AA WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Use these buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold either of the TUNE buttons down for more than 0 5 seconds V N SEEK tuning For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button M or A to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting station For SATELLITE radio Push the SEEK button M or A to seek channels of t
310. traints and supplemental air bag systems Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact LATCH lower anchor SL N points right _ LATCH ai lower anchor points left SSS0198 LATCH LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM AA WARNING e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not se cured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the child restraint lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly e The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imp
311. transfer lever from 4H or 4L to 4L or 4H you must always move it quickly through the N position If you are slow to shift the engine idle speed will allow the transfer gears to speed up and gear clashing will occur Do not move the transfer lever from 4H or 4L to 4L or 4H from 2H to 4L and from 4L to 2H with the engine turned off Otherwise you will have difficulty moving the transfer lever to the desired position Do not leave the transfer lever in the N position with the engine running Stopping in the N position of the transfer case may cause gear grinding when selecting another gear Changing the transfer case gear quickly and smoothly will eliminate this 5 24 Starting and driving USING ALL MODE FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING amp CAUTION PROCEDURES s r All mode 4WD system provides 4 positions e Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or AUTO 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select 4LO position on dry hard surface the desired drive mode according to the driving roads Driving on dry hard surface conditions roads in 4H or 4L may cause unnec essary noise tire wear and increased 2WD or 4WD shift procedure fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads e in the AUTO or 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD e in the 4LO position stop the ve hicle move the automatic trans mission lever to the N position and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD Have
312. uch as fan and drive belt Automatic transmission fluid is poi sonous and should be stored care fully in marked containers out of the reach of children 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS FOR CHECKING The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range L amp H marks on the dipstick at fluid temperatures between 122 and 176 F 50 and 80 C after the vehicle has been driven approxi mately 5 minutes in urban areas after the engine is warmed up The level can be checked at fluid temperatures between 86 and 122 F 30 and 50 C using the COLD range on the dipstick for reference after the engine is warmed up but before driving However the fluid level must be rechecked using the HOT range 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the parking brake 2 Start the engine and then move the selector lever through each gear range ending in P 3 Check the fluid level with the engine idling 4 Expand the spring stopper and remove the dipstick Wipe it clean with lint free paper 5 Re insert the dipstick into the charging pipe as far as it will go 6 Remove the dipstick and note the reading If the level is on the low side of either range add fluid to the charging pipe 7 When inserting the dipstick set it so that the spring stopper presses the upper part of the dipstick rubber to lock the dipstick A CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use only Nissan Matic D Continental U S a
313. ues Re duce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion The vehicle dynamic control system may not operate correctly If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs and bush ings are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the ve hicle dynamic control system may not Operate properly and the vehicle dy namic control OFF indicator light may come on When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked cor ners the vehicle dynamic control sys tem may not operate properly or the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads e If the tires other than the recom mended ones are used the vehicle dynamic control system may not op erate properly or the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may come on e The vehicle dynamic control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer or glycerin to it through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine
314. ull down the fuse box cover coin tray to remove it 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If anew fuse opens again have the electrical system checked and NISSAN dealer repaired by your Suitable tool X pP side up the battery S SPA1374 KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 Recommended battery Sanyo CR2025 or equivalent Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See your NISSAN dealer if you need any assis tance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch a circuit board and a battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant however if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the controller FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of
315. unusual wear cuts fraying oil adhesion or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by your NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 SPARK PLUGS VQ35DE Platinum tipped SDIO145A REPLACING SPARK PLUGS AA WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can cause damage the spark plugs Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conven tional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance schedule but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for servicing Always replace with recommended platinum tipped spark plugs AIR CLEANER The filter element should not be cleaned and reused as it is given a special treatment We recommended it be replaced according to the maintenance log shown in a separate Service and Maintenance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth AA WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The
316. ust ment Rear facing D Check for a secure fit bo SSS0306 SS0033 Rear facing 4 Before placing the child in the child restraint Rear facing use force to tilt the child restraint from side to me side and tug it forward to make sure that it is When you install a child restraint in a rear center securely held in place It should not move Seat follow these steps more than 1 inch 25 mm 1 Position the child restraint on the seat as illustrated The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the re 6 Check to make sure the child restraint is straint manufacturer s instructions properly secured prior to each use 5 If it is not secure try to tighten the belt again or put the restraint in another seat 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 35 Rear facing SSS0308 Rear facing SSS0309 Front facing Outboard SSS0252 3 Remove all slack in the lap belt for a very tight fit by pulling forcefully on the lap belt adjust ment 4 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make
317. ution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Push the AUTO button on AUTO will be displayed 2 Turn the temperature control dial to the right or left to set the desired temperature e Adjust the temperature control dial to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Heating ECON The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the ECON Economy button on ECON will be displayed 2 Turn the temperature control dial to the right or left to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defogging 1 Push the DEF button lt 7 on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature set button to the right or left to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice or fog from the outside of the windows push the manual fan control button 2 and set to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode
318. utomatic transmission The SET light will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed follow either of these three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch b Push and hold the ACCEL RES set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch c Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES set switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed follow either of these three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it b Push and hold the SET COAST switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed c Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h Starting and driving 5 19 To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES set switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Precautions e The CRUISE indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control switch Main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES switch or SET COAST switch or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system per form the steps above in the order indicated This
319. vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold and the engine is turned off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumu lated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corro sive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances otherwise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the ex haust system At the end of winter the under body should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following
320. ver is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park the key cannot be moved toward LOCK When the key cannot be turned toward the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key Starting and driving 5 7 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly in the ON direc tion 3 Turn the key toward the LOCK position 4 Remove the key If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from P Park The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the lock cylinder When the ignition is in OFF the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left 5 8 Starting and driving AA WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Manual transmission model To remove the key TURN the key
321. when the glass hatch is open The rear window wiper will not operate if the glass hatch is closed with the wiper switch on To operate the window wiper turn the switch to off and then to on e The glass hatch will not open while the rear window wiper is operating AA WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the glass hatch and obscure your vision Warm the glass hatch with the defroster before you wash the glass hatch GLASS HATCH AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFOGGER SWITCH Type A Indicator we PUSH ON OFF SIC1443B Type B Indicator REAR eee t PUSH ON OFF SIC1577A To defog the glass hatch and the outside door mirrors start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defogger off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes If the window clears before this time push the switch off manually AA CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the glass hatch be careful not to scratch or damage the glass hatch defogger Instruments and controls 2 21 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Type A Light switch AUTO pa AW 1st step 2nd step 3rd step Type B Light switch AUTO Dd 1st step 2nd step 3rd step SIC1938 2 22 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the AUTO position When the ignition key is in the ON position
322. with the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking any door with the key fob a key or the power door lock switch e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automatically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well AA CAUTION e Turn off the interior personal and vanity mirror lights when you leave the vehicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery PERSONAL LIGHTS When the interior light or the personal light switch is in the ON position the interior personal and vanity mirror lights will au tomatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again insert the key into the ignition switch and move it to the ON position After the above procedure the interior personal or vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the following e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking the driver s door Instruments and controls 2 43 e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automat
323. y e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW e Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction e 8 cm 3 1 in discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 CD play button Display TAPE play button TAPE EJECT button dpe S Gra AO d CD EJECT button SEEK SCAN Ge wie ni FM1 FM2 Ewan TAPE CD CHG j AM band select button 5 KA RADIO TUNE SEEK SCAN buttons tuning scan ON OFF Volume control knob i AUDIO button TREBLE FADER BASS BALANCE control button FF button a button APS REW 7 PROGRAM button APS FF button REW button Station select buttons SAA0473 4 16 Heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Audio main operation Head unit The tape deck employs a permalloy head which allows for improved reproduction of high fre quency ranges Noise is also greatly reduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR Noise Reduction system The auto loudness circuit enhances the low frequency range automatically in tape and CD playback Power Volume control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the Power Volume control dia
324. y make sure the area around the vehicle is safe and system If the indicator does not re Warning light Comes on or blinks when drive the vehicle straight accelerate or turn to normal and the 4WD warning decelerate or move the vehicle in re light comes on have the system N S verse then shift the 4WD shift switch checked by the nearest NISSAN l e ren ere is a malfunction in the e Ifthe 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD sealer 7 N four wheel drive system shift indicator light goes out ae AA CAUTION e When the 4WD shift switch is turned ee 7 Th il to the AUTO position at low ambient eara ma temperatures the 4WD shift indicator light may show 4H If this happens all four wheels are driven as torque distribution is in the 4H position Be careful as the vehicle may become difficult to turn When the vehicle is E The difference in wheel driven the 4WD shift indicator light na should change to AUTO Blinks slowly e If the 4WD shift indicator light indica SSD0142A tion changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the AUTO or D wemipg gm 4H position at low ambient tempera The 4WD warning light is located in the meter tures the 2WD mode may be being The 4WD ing light hen the k engaged due to malfunctioning drive bs De ee switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started 5 30 Starting and driving If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the key switch is ON
325. y and or body damage to the vehicle e Serious damage will occur to the 4WD system if the transfer control lever is not in the 2H position 9 26 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of com puters that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help ser vice technicians with diagnosis and repair De pending on the equipment on your vehicle some of the computers monitor emission control sys tems braking systems and air bag systems just to name a few Some data about vehicle opera tion may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example air bag readi ness air bag performance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded de pending on vehicle equipment These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Re corders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehi cle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in re sponse to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
326. y hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the wheel Do not remove the brake drum with the wheel LOOSEN SCE0122 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the wheel on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the se quence as illustrated 4 O Lower the vehicle completely AA WARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Donotuse oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts after the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc AS soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel
327. ze Follow the manu facturer s instructions for the mixture ratio A amp A CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint AA WARNING Anti freeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully marked containers out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solu tion of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AA WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by battery action is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or e Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after han dling e Keep the battery out of the reach of children e Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the bat tery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion JUMP STARTING Cell plug MIN DI0137M Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only
328. ze The size of the tires origi nally installed on the vehicle at the factory Recommended cold tire inflation pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best tire wear and vehicle han dling characteristics based on the vehicles GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section and Q if so equipped Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tir

2004 Nissan Pathfinder Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents